blob: a9a55584c82893fb2135921cf08fa48fc4339c2b [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00002//
John Criswellb576c942003-10-20 19:43:21 +00003// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner4ee451d2007-12-29 20:36:04 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00007//
John Criswellb576c942003-10-20 19:43:21 +00008//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00009//
10// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
Dan Gohman844731a2008-05-13 00:00:25 +000011// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG. This pass is where
12// algebraic simplification happens.
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +000013//
14// This pass combines things like:
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +000015// %Y = add i32 %X, 1
16// %Z = add i32 %Y, 1
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +000017// into:
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +000018// %Z = add i32 %X, 2
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +000019//
20// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
21//
Chris Lattner065a6162003-09-10 05:29:43 +000022// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
Chris Lattner2cd91962003-07-23 21:41:57 +000023// the program:
24// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +000025// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
26// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +000027// 3. Compare instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
28// 4. All cmp instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
Chris Lattnere92d2f42003-08-13 04:18:28 +000029// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
30// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
31// shifts.
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +000032// ... etc.
Chris Lattner2cd91962003-07-23 21:41:57 +000033//
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +000034//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
35
Chris Lattner0cea42a2004-03-13 23:54:27 +000036#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
Chris Lattner022103b2002-05-07 20:03:00 +000037#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chris Lattnerac8f2fd2010-01-04 07:12:23 +000038#include "InstCombine.h"
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +000039#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +000040#include "llvm/LLVMContext.h"
Chris Lattner0864acf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +000041#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
Chris Lattner833b8a42003-06-26 05:06:25 +000042#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
Dan Gohmanca178902009-07-17 20:47:02 +000043#include "llvm/Operator.h"
Chris Lattner79066fa2007-01-30 23:46:24 +000044#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
Chris Lattner9dbb4292009-11-09 23:28:39 +000045#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
Victor Hernandezf006b182009-10-27 20:05:49 +000046#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
Chris Lattnerbc61e662003-11-02 05:57:39 +000047#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
48#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
49#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +000050#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +000051#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Torok Edwin7d696d82009-07-11 13:10:19 +000052#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +000053#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Chris Lattnerbcd7db52005-08-02 19:16:58 +000054#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +000055#include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
Chris Lattner1f87a582007-02-15 19:41:52 +000056#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Reid Spencer551ccae2004-09-01 22:55:40 +000057#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +000058#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chris Lattnerb3bc8fa2002-05-14 15:24:07 +000059#include <algorithm>
Torok Edwin3eaee312008-04-20 08:33:11 +000060#include <climits>
Chris Lattner67b1e1b2003-12-07 01:24:23 +000061using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +000062using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Brian Gaeked0fde302003-11-11 22:41:34 +000063
Chris Lattner0e5f4992006-12-19 21:40:18 +000064STATISTIC(NumCombined , "Number of insts combined");
65STATISTIC(NumConstProp, "Number of constant folds");
66STATISTIC(NumDeadInst , "Number of dead inst eliminated");
Chris Lattner0e5f4992006-12-19 21:40:18 +000067STATISTIC(NumSunkInst , "Number of instructions sunk");
Chris Lattnera92f6962002-10-01 22:38:41 +000068
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +000069
Dan Gohman844731a2008-05-13 00:00:25 +000070char InstCombiner::ID = 0;
71static RegisterPass<InstCombiner>
72X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions");
73
Chris Lattnere0b4b722010-01-04 07:17:19 +000074void InstCombiner::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
75 AU.addPreservedID(LCSSAID);
76 AU.setPreservesCFG();
77}
78
79
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +000080// isOnlyUse - Return true if this instruction will be deleted if we stop using
81// it.
82static bool isOnlyUse(Value *V) {
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +000083 return V->hasOneUse() || isa<Constant>(V);
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +000084}
85
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +000086// getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass
87// though a va_arg area...
88static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) {
Reid Spencera54b7cb2007-01-12 07:05:14 +000089 if (const IntegerType* ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(Ty)) {
90 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < 32)
Owen Anderson1d0be152009-08-13 21:58:54 +000091 return Type::getInt32Ty(Ty->getContext());
Chris Lattner2b7e0ad2007-05-23 01:17:04 +000092 }
Reid Spencera54b7cb2007-01-12 07:05:14 +000093 return Ty;
Chris Lattner4cb170c2004-02-23 06:38:22 +000094}
95
Chris Lattnerc22d4d12009-11-10 07:23:37 +000096/// ShouldChangeType - Return true if it is desirable to convert a computation
97/// from 'From' to 'To'. We don't want to convert from a legal to an illegal
98/// type for example, or from a smaller to a larger illegal type.
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +000099bool InstCombiner::ShouldChangeType(const Type *From, const Type *To) const {
Chris Lattnerc22d4d12009-11-10 07:23:37 +0000100 assert(isa<IntegerType>(From) && isa<IntegerType>(To));
101
102 // If we don't have TD, we don't know if the source/dest are legal.
103 if (!TD) return false;
104
105 unsigned FromWidth = From->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
106 unsigned ToWidth = To->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
107 bool FromLegal = TD->isLegalInteger(FromWidth);
108 bool ToLegal = TD->isLegalInteger(ToWidth);
109
110 // If this is a legal integer from type, and the result would be an illegal
111 // type, don't do the transformation.
112 if (FromLegal && !ToLegal)
113 return false;
114
115 // Otherwise, if both are illegal, do not increase the size of the result. We
116 // do allow things like i160 -> i64, but not i64 -> i160.
117 if (!FromLegal && !ToLegal && ToWidth > FromWidth)
118 return false;
119
120 return true;
121}
122
Matthijs Kooijman7e6d9b92008-10-13 15:17:01 +0000123/// getBitCastOperand - If the specified operand is a CastInst, a constant
124/// expression bitcast, or a GetElementPtrInst with all zero indices, return the
125/// operand value, otherwise return null.
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000126static Value *getBitCastOperand(Value *V) {
Dan Gohman016de812009-07-17 23:55:56 +0000127 if (Operator *O = dyn_cast<Operator>(V)) {
128 if (O->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast)
129 return O->getOperand(0);
130 if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V))
131 if (GEP->hasAllZeroIndices())
132 return GEP->getPointerOperand();
Matthijs Kooijman7e6d9b92008-10-13 15:17:01 +0000133 }
Chris Lattnereed48272005-09-13 00:40:14 +0000134 return 0;
135}
136
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +0000137
Chris Lattner33a61132006-05-06 09:00:16 +0000138
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000139// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
140// operators:
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000141//
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000142// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
143// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
144// binary operators.
145//
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000146// 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2))
147// 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000148//
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000149bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000150 bool Changed = false;
Dan Gohman14ef4f02009-08-29 23:39:38 +0000151 if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000152 Changed = !I.swapOperands();
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000153
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000154 if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed;
155 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000156 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0)))
157 if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
158 if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000159 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner2a9c8472003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000160 cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)),
161 cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)));
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000162 I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0));
163 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
164 return true;
165 } else if (BinaryOperator *Op1=dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1)))
166 if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) &&
167 isOnlyUse(Op) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
168 Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1));
169 Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1));
170
171 // Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000172 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000173 Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::Create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000174 Op1->getOperand(0),
175 Op1->getName(), &I);
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +0000176 Worklist.Add(New);
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000177 I.setOperand(0, New);
178 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
179 return true;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000180 }
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000181 }
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000182 return Changed;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000183}
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000184
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000185// dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction
186// if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000187//
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000188Value *InstCombiner::dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) const {
Owen Andersonfa82b6e2009-07-13 22:18:28 +0000189 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V))
Chris Lattnera1df33c2005-04-24 07:30:14 +0000190 return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(V);
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000191
Chris Lattner0ce85802004-12-14 20:08:06 +0000192 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
193 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000194 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
Nick Lewycky18b3da62008-05-23 04:54:45 +0000195
196 if (ConstantVector *C = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V))
197 if (C->getType()->getElementType()->isInteger())
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000198 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
Nick Lewycky18b3da62008-05-23 04:54:45 +0000199
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000200 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000201}
202
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000203// dyn_castFNegVal - Given a 'fsub' instruction, return the RHS of the
204// instruction if the LHS is a constant negative zero (which is the 'negate'
205// form).
206//
Chris Lattnerd12c27c2010-01-05 06:09:35 +0000207Value *InstCombiner::dyn_castFNegVal(Value *V) const {
Owen Andersonfa82b6e2009-07-13 22:18:28 +0000208 if (BinaryOperator::isFNeg(V))
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000209 return BinaryOperator::getFNegArgument(V);
210
211 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
212 if (ConstantFP *C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V))
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000213 return ConstantExpr::getFNeg(C);
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000214
215 if (ConstantVector *C = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V))
216 if (C->getType()->getElementType()->isFloatingPoint())
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000217 return ConstantExpr::getFNeg(C);
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000218
219 return 0;
220}
221
Chris Lattner48b59ec2009-10-26 15:40:07 +0000222/// isFreeToInvert - Return true if the specified value is free to invert (apply
223/// ~ to). This happens in cases where the ~ can be eliminated.
224static inline bool isFreeToInvert(Value *V) {
225 // ~(~(X)) -> X.
Evan Cheng85def162009-10-26 03:51:32 +0000226 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
Chris Lattner48b59ec2009-10-26 15:40:07 +0000227 return true;
228
229 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values.
230 if (isa<ConstantInt>(V))
231 return true;
232
233 // Compares can be inverted if they have a single use.
234 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(V))
235 return CI->hasOneUse();
236
237 return false;
238}
239
240static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) {
241 // If this is not(not(x)) don't return that this is a not: we want the two
242 // not's to be folded first.
243 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V)) {
244 Value *Operand = BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(V);
245 if (!isFreeToInvert(Operand))
246 return Operand;
247 }
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000248
249 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values...
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +0000250 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000251 return ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), ~C->getValue());
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000252 return 0;
253}
254
Chris Lattner48b59ec2009-10-26 15:40:07 +0000255
256
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000257// dyn_castFoldableMul - If this value is a multiply that can be folded into
258// other computations (because it has a constant operand), return the
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000259// non-constant operand of the multiply, and set CST to point to the multiplier.
260// Otherwise, return null.
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000261//
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000262static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, ConstantInt *&CST) {
Chris Lattner42a75512007-01-15 02:27:26 +0000263 if (V->hasOneUse() && V->getType()->isInteger())
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000264 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000265 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
Chris Lattner50e60c72004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000266 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))))
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000267 return I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000268 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
Chris Lattner50e60c72004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000269 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)))) {
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000270 // The multiplier is really 1 << CST.
Zhou Sheng97b52c22007-03-29 01:57:21 +0000271 uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth();
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +0000272 uint32_t CSTVal = CST->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000273 CST = ConstantInt::get(V->getType()->getContext(),
274 APInt(BitWidth, 1).shl(CSTVal));
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000275 return I->getOperand(0);
276 }
277 }
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000278 return 0;
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000279}
Chris Lattneraf2930e2002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000280
Chris Lattnerd12c27c2010-01-05 06:09:35 +0000281/// AddOne - Add one to a ConstantInt.
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000282static Constant *AddOne(Constant *C) {
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000283 return ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1));
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000284}
Chris Lattnerd12c27c2010-01-05 06:09:35 +0000285/// SubOne - Subtract one from a ConstantInt.
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000286static Constant *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattnerd12c27c2010-01-05 06:09:35 +0000287 return ConstantInt::get(C->getContext(), C->getValue()-1);
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000288}
Reid Spencere7816b52007-03-08 01:52:58 +0000289
Dan Gohman45b4e482008-05-19 22:14:15 +0000290
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000291/// AssociativeOpt - Perform an optimization on an associative operator. This
292/// function is designed to check a chain of associative operators for a
293/// potential to apply a certain optimization. Since the optimization may be
294/// applicable if the expression was reassociated, this checks the chain, then
295/// reassociates the expression as necessary to expose the optimization
296/// opportunity. This makes use of a special Functor, which must define
297/// 'shouldApply' and 'apply' methods.
298///
299template<typename Functor>
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000300static Instruction *AssociativeOpt(BinaryOperator &Root, const Functor &F) {
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000301 // Quick check, see if the immediate LHS matches...
Chris Lattnerd0db8e82010-01-05 06:24:06 +0000302 if (F.shouldApply(Root.getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000303 return F.apply(Root);
304
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000305 return 0;
306}
307
Dan Gohman844731a2008-05-13 00:00:25 +0000308namespace {
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000309
Nick Lewycky02d639f2008-05-23 04:34:58 +0000310// AddRHS - Implements: X + X --> X << 1
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000311struct AddRHS {
312 Value *RHS;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000313 explicit AddRHS(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000314 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
315 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
Nick Lewycky02d639f2008-05-23 04:34:58 +0000316 return BinaryOperator::CreateShl(Add.getOperand(0),
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +0000317 ConstantInt::get(Add.getType(), 1));
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000318 }
319};
320
321// AddMaskingAnd - Implements (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2)
322// iff C1&C2 == 0
323struct AddMaskingAnd {
324 Constant *C2;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000325 explicit AddMaskingAnd(Constant *c) : C2(c) {}
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000326 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const {
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000327 ConstantInt *C1;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000328 return match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000329 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue();
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000330 }
331 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000332 return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Add.getOperand(0), Add.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000333 }
334};
335
Dan Gohman844731a2008-05-13 00:00:25 +0000336}
337
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000338static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO,
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000339 InstCombiner *IC) {
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +0000340 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(&I))
Chris Lattner2345d1d2009-08-30 20:01:10 +0000341 return IC->Builder->CreateCast(CI->getOpcode(), SO, I.getType());
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000342
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000343 // Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument.
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000344 bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
345 Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS));
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000346
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000347 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) {
348 if (ConstIsRHS)
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000349 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand);
350 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC);
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000351 }
352
353 Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand;
354 if (!ConstIsRHS)
355 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000356
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000357 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000358 return IC->Builder->CreateBinOp(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1,
359 SO->getName()+".op");
360 if (ICmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(&I))
361 return IC->Builder->CreateICmp(CI->getPredicate(), Op0, Op1,
362 SO->getName()+".cmp");
363 if (FCmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(&I))
364 return IC->Builder->CreateICmp(CI->getPredicate(), Op0, Op1,
365 SO->getName()+".cmp");
366 llvm_unreachable("Unknown binary instruction type!");
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000367}
368
369// FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a
370// constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the
371// select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do
372// not have a second operand.
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000373Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI) {
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000374 // Don't modify shared select instructions
375 if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0;
376 Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1);
377 Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2);
378
379 if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) {
Chris Lattner956db272005-04-21 05:43:13 +0000380 // Bool selects with constant operands can be folded to logical ops.
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000381 if (SI->getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(SI->getContext())) return 0;
Chris Lattner956db272005-04-21 05:43:13 +0000382
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000383 Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, this);
384 Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, this);
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000385
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000386 return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal,
387 SelectFalseVal);
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000388 }
389 return 0;
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000390}
391
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000392
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000393/// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator, cast instruction, or select which
394/// has a PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the
395/// PHI (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
Chris Lattner213cd612009-09-27 20:46:36 +0000396///
397/// If AllowAggressive is true, FoldOpIntoPhi will allow certain transforms
398/// that would normally be unprofitable because they strongly encourage jump
399/// threading.
400Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I,
401 bool AllowAggressive) {
402 AllowAggressive = false;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000403 PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000404 unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
Chris Lattner213cd612009-09-27 20:46:36 +0000405 if (NumPHIValues == 0 ||
406 // We normally only transform phis with a single use, unless we're trying
407 // hard to make jump threading happen.
408 (!PN->hasOneUse() && !AllowAggressive))
409 return 0;
410
411
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000412 // Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are simple constants
413 // (constantint/constantfp/undef). If there is one non-constant value,
Chris Lattnerc6df8f42009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000414 // remember the BB it is in. If there is more than one or if *it* is a PHI,
415 // bail out. We don't do arbitrary constant expressions here because moving
416 // their computation can be expensive without a cost model.
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000417 BasicBlock *NonConstBB = 0;
418 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000419 if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)) ||
420 isa<ConstantExpr>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000421 if (NonConstBB) return 0; // More than one non-const value.
Chris Lattnerb3036682007-02-24 01:03:45 +0000422 if (isa<PHINode>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) return 0; // Itself a phi.
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000423 NonConstBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
424
425 // If the incoming non-constant value is in I's block, we have an infinite
426 // loop.
427 if (NonConstBB == I.getParent())
428 return 0;
429 }
430
431 // If there is exactly one non-constant value, we can insert a copy of the
432 // operation in that block. However, if this is a critical edge, we would be
433 // inserting the computation one some other paths (e.g. inside a loop). Only
434 // do this if the pred block is unconditionally branching into the phi block.
Chris Lattner213cd612009-09-27 20:46:36 +0000435 if (NonConstBB != 0 && !AllowAggressive) {
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000436 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(NonConstBB->getTerminator());
437 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional()) return 0;
438 }
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000439
440 // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000441 PHINode *NewPN = PHINode::Create(I.getType(), "");
Chris Lattner55517062005-01-29 00:39:08 +0000442 NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN->getNumOperands()/2);
Chris Lattner857eb572009-10-21 23:41:58 +0000443 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
444 NewPN->takeName(PN);
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000445
446 // Next, add all of the operands to the PHI.
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000447 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(&I)) {
448 // We only currently try to fold the condition of a select when it is a phi,
449 // not the true/false values.
Chris Lattnerc6df8f42009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000450 Value *TrueV = SI->getTrueValue();
451 Value *FalseV = SI->getFalseValue();
Chris Lattner3ddfb212009-09-28 06:49:44 +0000452 BasicBlock *PhiTransBB = PN->getParent();
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000453 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattnerc6df8f42009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000454 BasicBlock *ThisBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
Chris Lattner3ddfb212009-09-28 06:49:44 +0000455 Value *TrueVInPred = TrueV->DoPHITranslation(PhiTransBB, ThisBB);
456 Value *FalseVInPred = FalseV->DoPHITranslation(PhiTransBB, ThisBB);
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000457 Value *InV = 0;
458 if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
Chris Lattnerc6df8f42009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000459 InV = InC->isNullValue() ? FalseVInPred : TrueVInPred;
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000460 } else {
461 assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB);
Chris Lattnerc6df8f42009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000462 InV = SelectInst::Create(PN->getIncomingValue(i), TrueVInPred,
463 FalseVInPred,
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000464 "phitmp", NonConstBB->getTerminator());
Chris Lattner857eb572009-10-21 23:41:58 +0000465 Worklist.Add(cast<Instruction>(InV));
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000466 }
Chris Lattnerc6df8f42009-09-27 20:18:49 +0000467 NewPN->addIncoming(InV, ThisBB);
Chris Lattner5d1704d2009-09-27 19:57:57 +0000468 }
469 } else if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) {
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000470 Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000471 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattnera9ff5eb2007-08-05 08:47:58 +0000472 Value *InV = 0;
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000473 if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000474 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I))
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000475 InV = ConstantExpr::getCompare(CI->getPredicate(), InC, C);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000476 else
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000477 InV = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InC, C);
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000478 } else {
479 assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB);
480 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000481 InV = BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000482 PN->getIncomingValue(i), C, "phitmp",
483 NonConstBB->getTerminator());
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000484 else if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I))
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +0000485 InV = CmpInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(),
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +0000486 CI->getPredicate(),
487 PN->getIncomingValue(i), C, "phitmp",
488 NonConstBB->getTerminator());
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000489 else
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +0000490 llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!");
Chris Lattner857eb572009-10-21 23:41:58 +0000491
492 Worklist.Add(cast<Instruction>(InV));
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000493 }
494 NewPN->addIncoming(InV, PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000495 }
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000496 } else {
497 CastInst *CI = cast<CastInst>(&I);
498 const Type *RetTy = CI->getType();
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000499 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000500 Value *InV;
501 if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000502 InV = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI->getOpcode(), InC, RetTy);
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000503 } else {
504 assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000505 InV = CastInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), PN->getIncomingValue(i),
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +0000506 I.getType(), "phitmp",
507 NonConstBB->getTerminator());
Chris Lattner857eb572009-10-21 23:41:58 +0000508 Worklist.Add(cast<Instruction>(InV));
Chris Lattner2a86f3b2006-09-09 22:02:56 +0000509 }
510 NewPN->addIncoming(InV, PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000511 }
512 }
513 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
514}
515
Chris Lattner2454a2e2008-01-29 06:52:45 +0000516
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000517/// WillNotOverflowSignedAdd - Return true if we can prove that:
518/// (sext (add LHS, RHS)) === (add (sext LHS), (sext RHS))
519/// This basically requires proving that the add in the original type would not
520/// overflow to change the sign bit or have a carry out.
521bool InstCombiner::WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
522 // There are different heuristics we can use for this. Here are some simple
523 // ones.
524
525 // Add has the property that adding any two 2's complement numbers can only
526 // have one carry bit which can change a sign. As such, if LHS and RHS each
Chris Lattner8aee8ef2009-11-27 17:42:22 +0000527 // have at least two sign bits, we know that the addition of the two values
528 // will sign extend fine.
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000529 if (ComputeNumSignBits(LHS) > 1 && ComputeNumSignBits(RHS) > 1)
530 return true;
531
532
533 // If one of the operands only has one non-zero bit, and if the other operand
534 // has a known-zero bit in a more significant place than it (not including the
535 // sign bit) the ripple may go up to and fill the zero, but won't change the
536 // sign. For example, (X & ~4) + 1.
537
538 // TODO: Implement.
539
540 return false;
541}
542
Chris Lattner2454a2e2008-01-29 06:52:45 +0000543
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000544Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000545 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000546 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000547
Chris Lattner8aee8ef2009-11-27 17:42:22 +0000548 if (Value *V = SimplifyAddInst(LHS, RHS, I.hasNoSignedWrap(),
549 I.hasNoUnsignedWrap(), TD))
550 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V);
551
552
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000553 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000554 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)) {
Chris Lattnerb4a2f052006-11-09 05:12:27 +0000555 // X + (signbit) --> X ^ signbit
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +0000556 const APInt& Val = CI->getValue();
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +0000557 uint32_t BitWidth = Val.getBitWidth();
Reid Spencer2ec619a2007-03-23 21:24:59 +0000558 if (Val == APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000559 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattnerb4a2f052006-11-09 05:12:27 +0000560
561 // See if SimplifyDemandedBits can simplify this. This handles stuff like
562 // (X & 254)+1 -> (X&254)|1
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +0000563 if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
Chris Lattner886ab6c2009-01-31 08:15:18 +0000564 return &I;
Dan Gohman1975d032008-10-30 20:40:10 +0000565
Eli Friedman709b33d2009-07-13 22:27:52 +0000566 // zext(bool) + C -> bool ? C + 1 : C
Dan Gohman1975d032008-10-30 20:40:10 +0000567 if (ZExtInst *ZI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(LHS))
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000568 if (ZI->getSrcTy() == Type::getInt1Ty(I.getContext()))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000569 return SelectInst::Create(ZI->getOperand(0), AddOne(CI), CI);
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000570 }
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000571
572 if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
573 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
574 return NV;
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000575
Chris Lattner4f637d42006-01-06 17:59:59 +0000576 ConstantInt *XorRHS = 0;
577 Value *XorLHS = 0;
Chris Lattnerc5eff442007-01-30 22:32:46 +0000578 if (isa<ConstantInt>(RHSC) &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000579 match(LHS, m_Xor(m_Value(XorLHS), m_ConstantInt(XorRHS)))) {
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +0000580 uint32_t TySizeBits = I.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +0000581 const APInt& RHSVal = cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)->getValue();
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000582
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +0000583 uint32_t Size = TySizeBits / 2;
Reid Spencer2ec619a2007-03-23 21:24:59 +0000584 APInt C0080Val(APInt(TySizeBits, 1ULL).shl(Size - 1));
585 APInt CFF80Val(-C0080Val);
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000586 do {
587 if (TySizeBits > Size) {
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000588 // If we have ADD(XOR(AND(X, 0xFF), 0x80), 0xF..F80), it's a sext.
589 // If we have ADD(XOR(AND(X, 0xFF), 0xF..F80), 0x80), it's a sext.
Reid Spencer2ec619a2007-03-23 21:24:59 +0000590 if ((RHSVal == CFF80Val && XorRHS->getValue() == C0080Val) ||
591 (RHSVal == C0080Val && XorRHS->getValue() == CFF80Val)) {
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000592 // This is a sign extend if the top bits are known zero.
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +0000593 if (!MaskedValueIsZero(XorLHS,
594 APInt::getHighBitsSet(TySizeBits, TySizeBits - Size)))
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000595 Size = 0; // Not a sign ext, but can't be any others either.
Reid Spencer2ec619a2007-03-23 21:24:59 +0000596 break;
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000597 }
598 }
599 Size >>= 1;
Reid Spencer2ec619a2007-03-23 21:24:59 +0000600 C0080Val = APIntOps::lshr(C0080Val, Size);
601 CFF80Val = APIntOps::ashr(CFF80Val, Size);
602 } while (Size >= 1);
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000603
Reid Spencer35c38852007-03-28 01:36:16 +0000604 // FIXME: This shouldn't be necessary. When the backends can handle types
Chris Lattner0c7a9a02008-05-19 20:25:04 +0000605 // with funny bit widths then this switch statement should be removed. It
606 // is just here to get the size of the "middle" type back up to something
607 // that the back ends can handle.
Reid Spencer35c38852007-03-28 01:36:16 +0000608 const Type *MiddleType = 0;
609 switch (Size) {
610 default: break;
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000611 case 32:
612 case 16:
613 case 8: MiddleType = IntegerType::get(I.getContext(), Size); break;
Reid Spencer35c38852007-03-28 01:36:16 +0000614 }
615 if (MiddleType) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000616 Value *NewTrunc = Builder->CreateTrunc(XorLHS, MiddleType, "sext");
Reid Spencer35c38852007-03-28 01:36:16 +0000617 return new SExtInst(NewTrunc, I.getType(), I.getName());
Chris Lattner5931c542005-09-24 23:43:33 +0000618 }
619 }
Chris Lattner66331a42004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000620 }
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000621
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +0000622 if (I.getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(I.getContext()))
Nick Lewycky9419ddb2008-05-31 17:59:52 +0000623 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(LHS, RHS);
624
Nick Lewycky7d26bd82008-05-23 04:39:38 +0000625 // X + X --> X << 1
Nick Lewycky9419ddb2008-05-31 17:59:52 +0000626 if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000627 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, AddRHS(RHS)))
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +0000628 return Result;
Chris Lattner7edc8c22005-04-07 17:14:51 +0000629
630 if (Instruction *RHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RHS)) {
631 if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
632 if (LHS == RHSI->getOperand(1)) // A + (B - A) --> B
633 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHSI->getOperand(0));
634 }
635 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS)) {
636 if (LHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
637 if (RHS == LHSI->getOperand(1)) // (B - A) + A --> B
638 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHSI->getOperand(0));
639 }
Robert Bocchino71698282004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000640 }
Chris Lattnere92d2f42003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000641
Chris Lattner5c4afb92002-05-08 22:46:53 +0000642 // -A + B --> B - A
Chris Lattnerdd12f962008-02-17 21:03:36 +0000643 // -A + -B --> -(A + B)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000644 if (Value *LHSV = dyn_castNegVal(LHS)) {
Chris Lattnere10c0b92008-02-18 17:50:16 +0000645 if (LHS->getType()->isIntOrIntVector()) {
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000646 if (Value *RHSV = dyn_castNegVal(RHS)) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000647 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateAdd(LHSV, RHSV, "sum");
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000648 return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(NewAdd);
Chris Lattnere10c0b92008-02-18 17:50:16 +0000649 }
Chris Lattnerdd12f962008-02-17 21:03:36 +0000650 }
651
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000652 return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(RHS, LHSV);
Chris Lattnerdd12f962008-02-17 21:03:36 +0000653 }
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000654
655 // A + -B --> A - B
Chris Lattner8d969642003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000656 if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000657 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(RHS))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000658 return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(LHS, V);
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000659
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000660
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000661 ConstantInt *C2;
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000662 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(LHS, C2)) {
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000663 if (X == RHS) // X*C + X --> X * (C+1)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000664 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(RHS, AddOne(C2));
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000665
666 // X*C1 + X*C2 --> X * (C1+C2)
667 ConstantInt *C1;
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000668 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C1))
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000669 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(X, ConstantExpr::getAdd(C1, C2));
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000670 }
671
672 // X + X*C --> X * (C+1)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000673 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C2) == LHS)
674 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(LHS, AddOne(C2));
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000675
Chris Lattnere617c9e2007-01-05 02:17:46 +0000676 // X + ~X --> -1 since ~X = -X-1
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000677 if (dyn_castNotVal(LHS) == RHS ||
678 dyn_castNotVal(RHS) == LHS)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +0000679 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnere617c9e2007-01-05 02:17:46 +0000680
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000681
Chris Lattner564a7272003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000682 // (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000683 if (match(RHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C2))))
684 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, AddMaskingAnd(C2)))
Chris Lattnere617c9e2007-01-05 02:17:46 +0000685 return R;
Chris Lattner5e0d7182008-05-19 20:01:56 +0000686
687 // A+B --> A|B iff A and B have no bits set in common.
688 if (const IntegerType *IT = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(I.getType())) {
689 APInt Mask = APInt::getAllOnesValue(IT->getBitWidth());
690 APInt LHSKnownOne(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
691 APInt LHSKnownZero(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
692 ComputeMaskedBits(LHS, Mask, LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne);
693 if (LHSKnownZero != 0) {
694 APInt RHSKnownOne(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
695 APInt RHSKnownZero(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
696 ComputeMaskedBits(RHS, Mask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne);
697
698 // No bits in common -> bitwise or.
Chris Lattner9d60ba92008-05-19 20:03:53 +0000699 if ((LHSKnownZero|RHSKnownZero).isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattner5e0d7182008-05-19 20:01:56 +0000700 return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattner5e0d7182008-05-19 20:01:56 +0000701 }
702 }
Chris Lattnerc8802d22003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000703
Nick Lewyckyb6eabff2008-02-03 07:42:09 +0000704 // W*X + Y*Z --> W * (X+Z) iff W == Y
Nick Lewycky0c2c3f62008-02-03 08:19:11 +0000705 if (I.getType()->isIntOrIntVector()) {
Nick Lewyckyb6eabff2008-02-03 07:42:09 +0000706 Value *W, *X, *Y, *Z;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000707 if (match(LHS, m_Mul(m_Value(W), m_Value(X))) &&
708 match(RHS, m_Mul(m_Value(Y), m_Value(Z)))) {
Nick Lewyckyb6eabff2008-02-03 07:42:09 +0000709 if (W != Y) {
710 if (W == Z) {
Bill Wendling587c01d2008-02-26 10:53:30 +0000711 std::swap(Y, Z);
Nick Lewyckyb6eabff2008-02-03 07:42:09 +0000712 } else if (Y == X) {
Bill Wendling587c01d2008-02-26 10:53:30 +0000713 std::swap(W, X);
714 } else if (X == Z) {
Nick Lewyckyb6eabff2008-02-03 07:42:09 +0000715 std::swap(Y, Z);
716 std::swap(W, X);
717 }
718 }
719
720 if (W == Y) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000721 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateAdd(X, Z, LHS->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000722 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(W, NewAdd);
Nick Lewyckyb6eabff2008-02-03 07:42:09 +0000723 }
724 }
725 }
726
Chris Lattner6b032052003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000727 if (ConstantInt *CRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattner4f637d42006-01-06 17:59:59 +0000728 Value *X = 0;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000729 if (match(LHS, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) // ~X + C --> (C-1) - X
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000730 return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(SubOne(CRHS), X);
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000731
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000732 // (X & FF00) + xx00 -> (X+xx00) & FF00
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +0000733 if (LHS->hasOneUse() &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000734 match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000735 Constant *Anded = ConstantExpr::getAnd(CRHS, C2);
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000736 if (Anded == CRHS) {
737 // See if all bits from the first bit set in the Add RHS up are included
738 // in the mask. First, get the rightmost bit.
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +0000739 const APInt& AddRHSV = CRHS->getValue();
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000740
741 // Form a mask of all bits from the lowest bit added through the top.
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +0000742 APInt AddRHSHighBits(~((AddRHSV & -AddRHSV)-1));
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000743
744 // See if the and mask includes all of these bits.
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +0000745 APInt AddRHSHighBitsAnd(AddRHSHighBits & C2->getValue());
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +0000746
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000747 if (AddRHSHighBits == AddRHSHighBitsAnd) {
748 // Okay, the xform is safe. Insert the new add pronto.
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +0000749 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateAdd(X, CRHS, LHS->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +0000750 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewAdd, C2);
Chris Lattnerb99d6b12004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000751 }
752 }
753 }
754
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000755 // Try to fold constant add into select arguments.
756 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +0000757 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000758 return R;
Chris Lattner6b032052003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000759 }
760
Chris Lattner42790482007-12-20 01:56:58 +0000761 // add (select X 0 (sub n A)) A --> select X A n
Christopher Lamb30f017a2007-12-18 09:34:41 +0000762 {
763 SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS);
Chris Lattner6046fb72008-11-16 04:46:19 +0000764 Value *A = RHS;
Christopher Lamb30f017a2007-12-18 09:34:41 +0000765 if (!SI) {
766 SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(RHS);
Chris Lattner6046fb72008-11-16 04:46:19 +0000767 A = LHS;
Christopher Lamb30f017a2007-12-18 09:34:41 +0000768 }
Chris Lattner42790482007-12-20 01:56:58 +0000769 if (SI && SI->hasOneUse()) {
Christopher Lamb30f017a2007-12-18 09:34:41 +0000770 Value *TV = SI->getTrueValue();
771 Value *FV = SI->getFalseValue();
Chris Lattner6046fb72008-11-16 04:46:19 +0000772 Value *N;
Christopher Lamb30f017a2007-12-18 09:34:41 +0000773
774 // Can we fold the add into the argument of the select?
775 // We check both true and false select arguments for a matching subtract.
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000776 if (match(FV, m_Zero()) &&
777 match(TV, m_Sub(m_Value(N), m_Specific(A))))
Chris Lattner6046fb72008-11-16 04:46:19 +0000778 // Fold the add into the true select value.
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000779 return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), N, A);
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +0000780 if (match(TV, m_Zero()) &&
781 match(FV, m_Sub(m_Value(N), m_Specific(A))))
Chris Lattner6046fb72008-11-16 04:46:19 +0000782 // Fold the add into the false select value.
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +0000783 return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), A, N);
Christopher Lamb30f017a2007-12-18 09:34:41 +0000784 }
785 }
Andrew Lenharth16d79552006-09-19 18:24:51 +0000786
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000787 // Check for (add (sext x), y), see if we can merge this into an
788 // integer add followed by a sext.
789 if (SExtInst *LHSConv = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(LHS)) {
790 // (add (sext x), cst) --> (sext (add x, cst'))
791 if (ConstantInt *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
792 Constant *CI =
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000793 ConstantExpr::getTrunc(RHSC, LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType());
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000794 if (LHSConv->hasOneUse() &&
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000795 ConstantExpr::getSExt(CI, I.getType()) == RHSC &&
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000796 WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0), CI)) {
797 // Insert the new, smaller add.
Dan Gohmanfe359552009-10-26 22:14:22 +0000798 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateNSWAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
799 CI, "addconv");
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000800 return new SExtInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
801 }
802 }
803
804 // (add (sext x), (sext y)) --> (sext (add int x, y))
805 if (SExtInst *RHSConv = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(RHS)) {
806 // Only do this if x/y have the same type, if at last one of them has a
807 // single use (so we don't increase the number of sexts), and if the
808 // integer add will not overflow.
809 if (LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()==RHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()&&
810 (LHSConv->hasOneUse() || RHSConv->hasOneUse()) &&
811 WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
812 RHSConv->getOperand(0))) {
813 // Insert the new integer add.
Dan Gohmanfe359552009-10-26 22:14:22 +0000814 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateNSWAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
815 RHSConv->getOperand(0), "addconv");
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000816 return new SExtInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
817 }
818 }
819 }
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000820
821 return Changed ? &I : 0;
822}
823
824Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
825 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
826 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
827
828 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
829 // X + 0 --> X
830 if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHSC)) {
Owen Anderson6f83c9c2009-07-27 20:59:43 +0000831 if (CFP->isExactlyValue(ConstantFP::getNegativeZero
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000832 (I.getType())->getValueAPF()))
833 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
834 }
835
836 if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
837 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
838 return NV;
839 }
840
841 // -A + B --> B - A
842 // -A + -B --> -(A + B)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000843 if (Value *LHSV = dyn_castFNegVal(LHS))
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000844 return BinaryOperator::CreateFSub(RHS, LHSV);
845
846 // A + -B --> A - B
847 if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +0000848 if (Value *V = dyn_castFNegVal(RHS))
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000849 return BinaryOperator::CreateFSub(LHS, V);
850
851 // Check for X+0.0. Simplify it to X if we know X is not -0.0.
852 if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS))
853 if (CFP->getValueAPF().isPosZero() && CannotBeNegativeZero(LHS))
854 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
855
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000856 // Check for (add double (sitofp x), y), see if we can merge this into an
857 // integer add followed by a promotion.
858 if (SIToFPInst *LHSConv = dyn_cast<SIToFPInst>(LHS)) {
859 // (add double (sitofp x), fpcst) --> (sitofp (add int x, intcst))
860 // ... if the constant fits in the integer value. This is useful for things
861 // like (double)(x & 1234) + 4.0 -> (double)((X & 1234)+4) which no longer
862 // requires a constant pool load, and generally allows the add to be better
863 // instcombined.
864 if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS)) {
865 Constant *CI =
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000866 ConstantExpr::getFPToSI(CFP, LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType());
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000867 if (LHSConv->hasOneUse() &&
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +0000868 ConstantExpr::getSIToFP(CI, I.getType()) == CFP &&
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000869 WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0), CI)) {
870 // Insert the new integer add.
Dan Gohmanfe359552009-10-26 22:14:22 +0000871 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateNSWAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
872 CI, "addconv");
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000873 return new SIToFPInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
874 }
875 }
876
877 // (add double (sitofp x), (sitofp y)) --> (sitofp (add int x, y))
878 if (SIToFPInst *RHSConv = dyn_cast<SIToFPInst>(RHS)) {
879 // Only do this if x/y have the same type, if at last one of them has a
880 // single use (so we don't increase the number of int->fp conversions),
881 // and if the integer add will not overflow.
882 if (LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()==RHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()&&
883 (LHSConv->hasOneUse() || RHSConv->hasOneUse()) &&
884 WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
885 RHSConv->getOperand(0))) {
886 // Insert the new integer add.
Dan Gohmanfe359552009-10-26 22:14:22 +0000887 Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateNSWAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000888 RHSConv->getOperand(0),"addconv");
Chris Lattner3d28b1b2008-05-20 05:46:13 +0000889 return new SIToFPInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
890 }
891 }
892 }
893
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000894 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000895}
896
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000897
898/// EmitGEPOffset - Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the
899/// code necessary to compute the offset from the base pointer (without adding
900/// in the base pointer). Return the result as a signed integer of intptr size.
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000901Value *InstCombiner::EmitGEPOffset(User *GEP) {
902 TargetData &TD = *getTargetData();
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000903 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
904 const Type *IntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType(GEP->getContext());
905 Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(IntPtrTy);
906
907 // Build a mask for high order bits.
908 unsigned IntPtrWidth = TD.getPointerSizeInBits();
909 uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL >> (64-IntPtrWidth);
910
911 for (User::op_iterator i = GEP->op_begin() + 1, e = GEP->op_end(); i != e;
912 ++i, ++GTI) {
913 Value *Op = *i;
914 uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) & PtrSizeMask;
915 if (ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op)) {
916 if (OpC->isZero()) continue;
917
918 // Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
919 if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
920 Size = TD.getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(OpC->getZExtValue());
921
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000922 Result = Builder->CreateAdd(Result,
923 ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Size),
924 GEP->getName()+".offs");
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000925 continue;
926 }
927
928 Constant *Scale = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Size);
929 Constant *OC =
930 ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(OpC, IntPtrTy, true /*SExt*/);
931 Scale = ConstantExpr::getMul(OC, Scale);
932 // Emit an add instruction.
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000933 Result = Builder->CreateAdd(Result, Scale, GEP->getName()+".offs");
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000934 continue;
935 }
936 // Convert to correct type.
937 if (Op->getType() != IntPtrTy)
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000938 Op = Builder->CreateIntCast(Op, IntPtrTy, true, Op->getName()+".c");
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000939 if (Size != 1) {
940 Constant *Scale = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Size);
941 // We'll let instcombine(mul) convert this to a shl if possible.
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000942 Op = Builder->CreateMul(Op, Scale, GEP->getName()+".idx");
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000943 }
944
945 // Emit an add instruction.
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +0000946 Result = Builder->CreateAdd(Op, Result, GEP->getName()+".offs");
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000947 }
948 return Result;
949}
950
951
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000952
953
954/// Optimize pointer differences into the same array into a size. Consider:
955/// &A[10] - &A[0]: we should compile this to "10". LHS/RHS are the pointer
956/// operands to the ptrtoint instructions for the LHS/RHS of the subtract.
957///
958Value *InstCombiner::OptimizePointerDifference(Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
959 const Type *Ty) {
960 assert(TD && "Must have target data info for this");
961
962 // If LHS is a gep based on RHS or RHS is a gep based on LHS, we can optimize
963 // this.
Chris Lattner0cb1e9e2010-01-04 18:48:26 +0000964 bool Swapped = false;
Chris Lattner85c1c962010-01-01 22:42:29 +0000965 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = 0;
966 ConstantExpr *CstGEP = 0;
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +0000967
Chris Lattner85c1c962010-01-01 22:42:29 +0000968 // TODO: Could also optimize &A[i] - &A[j] -> "i-j", and "&A.foo[i] - &A.foo".
969 // For now we require one side to be the base pointer "A" or a constant
970 // expression derived from it.
971 if (GetElementPtrInst *LHSGEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LHS)) {
972 // (gep X, ...) - X
973 if (LHSGEP->getOperand(0) == RHS) {
974 GEP = LHSGEP;
975 Swapped = false;
976 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(RHS)) {
977 // (gep X, ...) - (ce_gep X, ...)
978 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
979 LHSGEP->getOperand(0) == CE->getOperand(0)) {
980 CstGEP = CE;
981 GEP = LHSGEP;
982 Swapped = false;
983 }
984 }
985 }
986
987 if (GetElementPtrInst *RHSGEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(RHS)) {
988 // X - (gep X, ...)
989 if (RHSGEP->getOperand(0) == LHS) {
990 GEP = RHSGEP;
991 Swapped = true;
992 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(LHS)) {
993 // (ce_gep X, ...) - (gep X, ...)
994 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
995 RHSGEP->getOperand(0) == CE->getOperand(0)) {
996 CstGEP = CE;
997 GEP = RHSGEP;
998 Swapped = true;
999 }
1000 }
1001 }
1002
1003 if (GEP == 0)
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001004 return 0;
1005
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001006 // Emit the offset of the GEP and an intptr_t.
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +00001007 Value *Result = EmitGEPOffset(GEP);
Chris Lattner85c1c962010-01-01 22:42:29 +00001008
1009 // If we had a constant expression GEP on the other side offsetting the
1010 // pointer, subtract it from the offset we have.
1011 if (CstGEP) {
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +00001012 Value *CstOffset = EmitGEPOffset(CstGEP);
Chris Lattner85c1c962010-01-01 22:42:29 +00001013 Result = Builder->CreateSub(Result, CstOffset);
1014 }
1015
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001016
1017 // If we have p - gep(p, ...) then we have to negate the result.
1018 if (Swapped)
1019 Result = Builder->CreateNeg(Result, "diff.neg");
1020
1021 return Builder->CreateIntCast(Result, Ty, true);
1022}
1023
1024
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001025Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001026 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001027
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001028 if (Op0 == Op1) // sub X, X -> 0
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00001029 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00001030
Chris Lattner3bf68152009-12-21 04:04:05 +00001031 // If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A. This preserves NSW/NUW.
1032 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(Op1)) {
1033 BinaryOperator *Res = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0, V);
1034 Res->setHasNoSignedWrap(I.hasNoSignedWrap());
1035 Res->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(I.hasNoUnsignedWrap());
1036 return Res;
1037 }
Chris Lattnerb35dde12002-05-06 16:49:18 +00001038
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001039 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
1040 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // undef - X -> undef
1041 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1042 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X - undef -> undef
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001043 if (I.getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(I.getContext()))
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001044 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Op0, Op1);
1045
Chris Lattnerd65460f2003-11-05 01:06:05 +00001046 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001047 // Replace (-1 - A) with (~A).
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001048 if (C->isAllOnesValue())
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001049 return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Op1);
Chris Lattner40371712002-05-09 01:29:19 +00001050
Chris Lattnerd65460f2003-11-05 01:06:05 +00001051 // C - ~X == X + (1+C)
Reid Spencer4b828e62005-06-18 17:37:34 +00001052 Value *X = 0;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001053 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001054 return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(X, AddOne(C));
Reid Spencer7177c3a2007-03-25 05:33:51 +00001055
Chris Lattner76b7a062007-01-15 07:02:54 +00001056 // -(X >>u 31) -> (X >>s 31)
1057 // -(X >>s 31) -> (X >>u 31)
Zhou Sheng302748d2007-03-30 17:20:39 +00001058 if (C->isZero()) {
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00001059 if (BinaryOperator *SI = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001060 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00001061 if (ConstantInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner9c290672004-03-12 23:53:13 +00001062 // Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
Zhou Sheng302748d2007-03-30 17:20:39 +00001063 if (CU->getLimitedValue(SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) ==
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00001064 SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001065 // Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert AShr.
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001066 return BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::AShr,
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00001067 SI->getOperand(0), CU, SI->getName());
Chris Lattner9c290672004-03-12 23:53:13 +00001068 }
1069 }
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001070 } else if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) {
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001071 if (ConstantInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
1072 // Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
Zhou Sheng302748d2007-03-30 17:20:39 +00001073 if (CU->getLimitedValue(SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) ==
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001074 SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
Reid Spencerc5b206b2006-12-31 05:48:39 +00001075 // Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert LShr.
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001076 return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00001077 SI->getOperand(0), CU, SI->getName());
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001078 }
1079 }
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00001080 }
1081 }
Chris Lattnerbfe492b2004-03-13 00:11:49 +00001082 }
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001083
1084 // Try to fold constant sub into select arguments.
1085 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00001086 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001087 return R;
Eli Friedman709b33d2009-07-13 22:27:52 +00001088
1089 // C - zext(bool) -> bool ? C - 1 : C
1090 if (ZExtInst *ZI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001091 if (ZI->getSrcTy() == Type::getInt1Ty(I.getContext()))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001092 return SelectInst::Create(ZI->getOperand(0), SubOne(C), C);
Chris Lattnerd65460f2003-11-05 01:06:05 +00001093 }
1094
Chris Lattner43d84d62005-04-07 16:15:25 +00001095 if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001096 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
Chris Lattner08954a22005-04-07 16:28:01 +00001097 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // X-(X+Y) == -Y
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001098 return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op1I->getOperand(1),
Owen Anderson0a5372e2009-07-13 04:09:18 +00001099 I.getName());
Chris Lattner08954a22005-04-07 16:28:01 +00001100 else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) // X-(Y+X) == -Y
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001101 return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op1I->getOperand(0),
Owen Anderson0a5372e2009-07-13 04:09:18 +00001102 I.getName());
Chris Lattner08954a22005-04-07 16:28:01 +00001103 else if (ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand(0))) {
1104 if (ConstantInt *CI2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
1105 // C1-(X+C2) --> (C1-C2)-X
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00001106 return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001107 ConstantExpr::getSub(CI1, CI2), Op1I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner08954a22005-04-07 16:28:01 +00001108 }
Chris Lattner43d84d62005-04-07 16:15:25 +00001109 }
1110
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001111 if (Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001112 // Replace (x - (y - z)) with (x + (z - y)) if the (y - z) subexpression
1113 // is not used by anyone else...
1114 //
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001115 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) {
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001116 // Swap the two operands of the subexpr...
1117 Value *IIOp0 = Op1I->getOperand(0), *IIOp1 = Op1I->getOperand(1);
1118 Op1I->setOperand(0, IIOp1);
1119 Op1I->setOperand(1, IIOp0);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001120
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001121 // Create the new top level add instruction...
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001122 return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001123 }
1124
1125 // Replace (A - (A & B)) with (A & ~B) if this is the only use of (A&B)...
1126 //
1127 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
1128 (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0 || Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0)) {
1129 Value *OtherOp = Op1I->getOperand(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0);
1130
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001131 Value *NewNot = Builder->CreateNot(OtherOp, "B.not");
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001132 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0, NewNot);
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001133 }
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +00001134
Reid Spencerac5209e2006-10-16 23:08:08 +00001135 // 0 - (X sdiv C) -> (X sdiv -C)
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00001136 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::SDiv)
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00001137 if (ConstantInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Zhou Sheng843f07672007-04-19 05:39:12 +00001138 if (CSI->isZero())
Chris Lattner91ccc152004-10-06 15:08:25 +00001139 if (Constant *DivRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001140 return BinaryOperator::CreateSDiv(Op1I->getOperand(0),
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001141 ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
Chris Lattner91ccc152004-10-06 15:08:25 +00001142
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +00001143 // X - X*C --> X * (1-C)
Reid Spencer4b828e62005-06-18 17:37:34 +00001144 ConstantInt *C2 = 0;
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001145 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1I, C2) == Op0) {
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00001146 Constant *CP1 =
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001147 ConstantExpr::getSub(ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1),
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00001148 C2);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001149 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(Op0, CP1);
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +00001150 }
Chris Lattner40371712002-05-09 01:29:19 +00001151 }
Chris Lattner43d84d62005-04-07 16:15:25 +00001152 }
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001153
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001154 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
1155 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
1156 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (Y+X)-Y == X
1157 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
1158 else if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) // (X+Y)-Y == X
1159 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
1160 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) {
1161 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (X-Y)-X == -Y
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001162 return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op0I->getOperand(1),
Owen Anderson0a5372e2009-07-13 04:09:18 +00001163 I.getName());
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00001164 }
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001165 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001166
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +00001167 ConstantInt *C1;
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001168 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(Op0, C1)) {
Reid Spencer7177c3a2007-03-25 05:33:51 +00001169 if (X == Op1) // X*C - X --> X * (C-1)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001170 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(Op1, SubOne(C1));
Chris Lattnerad3448c2003-02-18 19:57:07 +00001171
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +00001172 ConstantInt *C2; // X*C1 - X*C2 -> X * (C1-C2)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001173 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1, C2))
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001174 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(X, ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner50af16a2004-11-13 19:50:12 +00001175 }
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001176
1177 // Optimize pointer differences into the same array into a size. Consider:
1178 // &A[10] - &A[0]: we should compile this to "10".
1179 if (TD) {
Chris Lattner33767182010-01-01 22:12:03 +00001180 Value *LHSOp, *RHSOp;
Chris Lattnerf2ebc682010-01-01 22:29:12 +00001181 if (match(Op0, m_PtrToInt(m_Value(LHSOp))) &&
1182 match(Op1, m_PtrToInt(m_Value(RHSOp))))
Chris Lattner33767182010-01-01 22:12:03 +00001183 if (Value *Res = OptimizePointerDifference(LHSOp, RHSOp, I.getType()))
1184 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Res);
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001185
1186 // trunc(p)-trunc(q) -> trunc(p-q)
Chris Lattnerf2ebc682010-01-01 22:29:12 +00001187 if (match(Op0, m_Trunc(m_PtrToInt(m_Value(LHSOp)))) &&
1188 match(Op1, m_Trunc(m_PtrToInt(m_Value(RHSOp)))))
1189 if (Value *Res = OptimizePointerDifference(LHSOp, RHSOp, I.getType()))
1190 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Res);
Chris Lattner092543c2009-11-04 08:05:20 +00001191 }
1192
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001193 return 0;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00001194}
1195
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001196Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
1197 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
1198
1199 // If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A...
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001200 if (Value *V = dyn_castFNegVal(Op1))
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001201 return BinaryOperator::CreateFAdd(Op0, V);
1202
1203 if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
1204 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FAdd) {
1205 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // X-(X+Y) == -Y
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001206 return BinaryOperator::CreateFNeg(Op1I->getOperand(1),
Owen Anderson0a5372e2009-07-13 04:09:18 +00001207 I.getName());
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001208 else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) // X-(Y+X) == -Y
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001209 return BinaryOperator::CreateFNeg(Op1I->getOperand(0),
Owen Anderson0a5372e2009-07-13 04:09:18 +00001210 I.getName());
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001211 }
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00001212 }
1213
1214 return 0;
1215}
1216
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001217/// getICmpCode - Encode a icmp predicate into a three bit mask. These bits
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001218/// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as:
1219///
1220/// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B)
1221///
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001222/// Note that this is only valid if the first and second predicates have the
1223/// same sign. Is illegal to do: (A u< B) | (A s> B)
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001224///
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001225/// Three bits are used to represent the condition, as follows:
1226/// 0 A > B
1227/// 1 A == B
1228/// 2 A < B
1229///
1230/// <=> Value Definition
1231/// 000 0 Always false
1232/// 001 1 A > B
1233/// 010 2 A == B
1234/// 011 3 A >= B
1235/// 100 4 A < B
1236/// 101 5 A != B
1237/// 110 6 A <= B
1238/// 111 7 Always true
1239///
1240static unsigned getICmpCode(const ICmpInst *ICI) {
1241 switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001242 // False -> 0
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001243 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: return 1; // 001
1244 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: return 1; // 001
1245 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: return 2; // 010
1246 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: return 3; // 011
1247 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: return 3; // 011
1248 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: return 4; // 100
1249 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: return 4; // 100
1250 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: return 5; // 101
1251 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: return 6; // 110
1252 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: return 6; // 110
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001253 // True -> 7
1254 default:
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001255 llvm_unreachable("Invalid ICmp predicate!");
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001256 return 0;
1257 }
1258}
1259
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001260/// getFCmpCode - Similar to getICmpCode but for FCmpInst. This encodes a fcmp
1261/// predicate into a three bit mask. It also returns whether it is an ordered
1262/// predicate by reference.
1263static unsigned getFCmpCode(FCmpInst::Predicate CC, bool &isOrdered) {
1264 isOrdered = false;
1265 switch (CC) {
1266 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD: isOrdered = true; return 0; // 000
1267 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO: return 0; // 000
Evan Cheng4990b252008-10-14 18:13:38 +00001268 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT: isOrdered = true; return 1; // 001
1269 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT: return 1; // 001
1270 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ: isOrdered = true; return 2; // 010
1271 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ: return 2; // 010
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001272 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: isOrdered = true; return 3; // 011
1273 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE: return 3; // 011
1274 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: isOrdered = true; return 4; // 100
1275 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: return 4; // 100
Evan Cheng4990b252008-10-14 18:13:38 +00001276 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE: isOrdered = true; return 5; // 101
1277 case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE: return 5; // 101
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001278 case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: isOrdered = true; return 6; // 110
1279 case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE: return 6; // 110
Evan Cheng40300622008-10-14 18:44:08 +00001280 // True -> 7
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001281 default:
1282 // Not expecting FCMP_FALSE and FCMP_TRUE;
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001283 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected FCmp predicate!");
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001284 return 0;
1285 }
1286}
1287
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001288/// getICmpValue - This is the complement of getICmpCode, which turns an
1289/// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand
Dan Gohman5d066ff2007-09-17 17:31:57 +00001290/// new ICmp instruction. The sign is passed in to determine which kind
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001291/// of predicate to use in the new icmp instruction.
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001292static Value *getICmpValue(bool sign, unsigned code, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001293 switch (code) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001294 default: llvm_unreachable("Illegal ICmp code!");
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001295 case 0: return ConstantInt::getFalse(LHS->getContext());
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001296 case 1:
1297 if (sign)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001298 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001299 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001300 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, LHS, RHS);
1301 case 2: return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001302 case 3:
1303 if (sign)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001304 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001305 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001306 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001307 case 4:
1308 if (sign)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001309 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001310 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001311 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LHS, RHS);
1312 case 5: return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001313 case 6:
1314 if (sign)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001315 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, RHS);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001316 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001317 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001318 case 7: return ConstantInt::getTrue(LHS->getContext());
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001319 }
1320}
1321
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001322/// getFCmpValue - This is the complement of getFCmpCode, which turns an
1323/// opcode and two operands into either a FCmp instruction. isordered is passed
1324/// in to determine which kind of predicate to use in the new fcmp instruction.
1325static Value *getFCmpValue(bool isordered, unsigned code,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001326 Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001327 switch (code) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001328 default: llvm_unreachable("Illegal FCmp code!");
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001329 case 0:
1330 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001331 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001332 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001333 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001334 case 1:
1335 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001336 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001337 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001338 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng4990b252008-10-14 18:13:38 +00001339 case 2:
1340 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001341 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng4990b252008-10-14 18:13:38 +00001342 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001343 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001344 case 3:
1345 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001346 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001347 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001348 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001349 case 4:
1350 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001351 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001352 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001353 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001354 case 5:
1355 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001356 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng4990b252008-10-14 18:13:38 +00001357 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001358 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng4990b252008-10-14 18:13:38 +00001359 case 6:
1360 if (isordered)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001361 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE, LHS, RHS);
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001362 else
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001363 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE, LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001364 case 7: return ConstantInt::getTrue(LHS->getContext());
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00001365 }
1366}
1367
Chris Lattnerb9553d62008-11-16 04:55:20 +00001368/// PredicatesFoldable - Return true if both predicates match sign or if at
1369/// least one of them is an equality comparison (which is signless).
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001370static bool PredicatesFoldable(ICmpInst::Predicate p1, ICmpInst::Predicate p2) {
Nick Lewycky4a134af2009-10-25 05:20:17 +00001371 return (CmpInst::isSigned(p1) == CmpInst::isSigned(p2)) ||
1372 (CmpInst::isSigned(p1) && ICmpInst::isEquality(p2)) ||
1373 (CmpInst::isSigned(p2) && ICmpInst::isEquality(p1));
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001374}
1375
1376namespace {
1377// FoldICmpLogical - Implements (icmp1 A, B) & (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
1378struct FoldICmpLogical {
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001379 InstCombiner &IC;
1380 Value *LHS, *RHS;
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001381 ICmpInst::Predicate pred;
1382 FoldICmpLogical(InstCombiner &ic, ICmpInst *ICI)
1383 : IC(ic), LHS(ICI->getOperand(0)), RHS(ICI->getOperand(1)),
1384 pred(ICI->getPredicate()) {}
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001385 bool shouldApply(Value *V) const {
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001386 if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(V))
1387 if (PredicatesFoldable(pred, ICI->getPredicate()))
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00001388 return ((ICI->getOperand(0) == LHS && ICI->getOperand(1) == RHS) ||
1389 (ICI->getOperand(0) == RHS && ICI->getOperand(1) == LHS));
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001390 return false;
1391 }
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001392 Instruction *apply(Instruction &Log) const {
1393 ICmpInst *ICI = cast<ICmpInst>(Log.getOperand(0));
1394 if (ICI->getOperand(0) != LHS) {
1395 assert(ICI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1396 ICI->swapOperands(); // Swap the LHS and RHS of the ICmp
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001397 }
1398
Chris Lattnerbc1dbfc2007-03-13 14:27:42 +00001399 ICmpInst *RHSICI = cast<ICmpInst>(Log.getOperand(1));
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001400 unsigned LHSCode = getICmpCode(ICI);
Chris Lattnerbc1dbfc2007-03-13 14:27:42 +00001401 unsigned RHSCode = getICmpCode(RHSICI);
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001402 unsigned Code;
1403 switch (Log.getOpcode()) {
1404 case Instruction::And: Code = LHSCode & RHSCode; break;
1405 case Instruction::Or: Code = LHSCode | RHSCode; break;
1406 case Instruction::Xor: Code = LHSCode ^ RHSCode; break;
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001407 default: llvm_unreachable("Illegal logical opcode!"); return 0;
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001408 }
1409
Nick Lewycky4a134af2009-10-25 05:20:17 +00001410 bool isSigned = RHSICI->isSigned() || ICI->isSigned();
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001411 Value *RV = getICmpValue(isSigned, Code, LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001412 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
1413 return I;
1414 // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
1415 return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(Log, RV);
1416 }
1417};
Chris Lattnerd23b5ba2006-11-15 04:53:24 +00001418} // end anonymous namespace
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001419
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001420// OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where
1421// the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00001422// guaranteed to be a binary operator.
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001423Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op,
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00001424 ConstantInt *OpRHS,
1425 ConstantInt *AndRHS,
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001426 BinaryOperator &TheAnd) {
1427 Value *X = Op->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner76f7fe22004-01-12 19:47:05 +00001428 Constant *Together = 0;
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00001429 if (!Op->isShift())
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001430 Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS);
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001431
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001432 switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
1433 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001434 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001435 // (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2)
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001436 Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(X, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00001437 And->takeName(Op);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001438 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(And, Together);
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001439 }
1440 break;
1441 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001442 if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C
1443 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001444
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001445 if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) {
1446 // (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001447 Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(X, Together);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00001448 Or->takeName(Op);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001449 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Or, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001450 }
1451 break;
1452 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattnerfd059242003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001453 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001454 // Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR
1455 // of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a
1456 // single bit constant.
Chris Lattnerc6334b92010-01-05 06:03:12 +00001457 const APInt &AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getValue();
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001458
Chris Lattnerc6334b92010-01-05 06:03:12 +00001459 // If there is only one bit set.
1460 if (AndRHSV.isPowerOf2()) {
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001461 // Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the
1462 // ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has
1463 // no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD.
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +00001464 const APInt& AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getValue();
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001465
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001466 // Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set.
1467 if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) {
1468 // If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is
1469 // the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of
1470 // the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has
1471 // no effect.
1472 if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop
1473 TheAnd.setOperand(0, X);
1474 return &TheAnd;
1475 } else {
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001476 // Pull the XOR out of the AND.
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001477 Value *NewAnd = Builder->CreateAnd(X, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00001478 NewAnd->takeName(Op);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001479 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NewAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001480 }
1481 }
1482 }
1483 }
1484 break;
Chris Lattner62a355c2003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001485
1486 case Instruction::Shl: {
1487 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1488 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now!
1489 //
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001490 uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth();
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +00001491 uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001492 APInt ShlMask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth-OpRHSVal));
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001493 ConstantInt *CI = ConstantInt::get(AndRHS->getContext(),
1494 AndRHS->getValue() & ShlMask);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001495
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001496 if (CI->getValue() == ShlMask) {
1497 // Masking out bits that the shift already masks
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001498 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and.
1499 } else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and.
Chris Lattner62a355c2003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001500 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI);
1501 return &TheAnd;
1502 }
1503 break;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001504 }
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001505 case Instruction::LShr: {
Chris Lattner62a355c2003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001506 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1507 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to
1508 // unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits!
1509 //
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001510 uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth();
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +00001511 uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001512 APInt ShrMask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - OpRHSVal));
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001513 ConstantInt *CI = ConstantInt::get(Op->getContext(),
1514 AndRHS->getValue() & ShrMask);
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001515
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001516 if (CI->getValue() == ShrMask) {
1517 // Masking out bits that the shift already masks.
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001518 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op);
1519 } else if (CI != AndRHS) {
1520 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst.
1521 return &TheAnd;
1522 }
1523 break;
1524 }
1525 case Instruction::AShr:
1526 // Signed shr.
1527 // See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out
1528 // with an and.
1529 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001530 uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth();
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +00001531 uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001532 APInt ShrMask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - OpRHSVal));
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001533 Constant *C = ConstantInt::get(Op->getContext(),
1534 AndRHS->getValue() & ShrMask);
Reid Spencer7eb76382006-12-13 17:19:09 +00001535 if (C == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in.
Reid Spencer17212df2006-12-12 09:18:51 +00001536 // (Val ashr C1) & C2 -> (Val lshr C1) & C2
Reid Spencer3822ff52006-11-08 06:47:33 +00001537 // Make the argument unsigned.
1538 Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001539 ShVal = Builder->CreateLShr(ShVal, OpRHS, Op->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001540 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(ShVal, AndRHS, TheAnd.getName());
Chris Lattner0c967662004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001541 }
Chris Lattner62a355c2003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001542 }
1543 break;
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001544 }
1545 return 0;
1546}
1547
Chris Lattner8b170942002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001548
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001549/// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is
1550/// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001551/// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. isSigned indicates
1552/// whether to treat the V, Lo and HI as signed or not. IB is the location to
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001553/// insert new instructions.
1554Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001555 bool isSigned, bool Inside,
1556 Instruction &IB) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001557 assert(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp((isSigned ?
Reid Spencer579dca12007-01-12 04:24:46 +00001558 ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE), Lo, Hi))->getZExtValue() &&
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001559 "Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!");
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001560
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001561 if (Inside) {
1562 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false.
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001563 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, V, V);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00001564
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001565 // V >= Min && V < Hi --> V < Hi
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00001566 if (cast<ConstantInt>(Lo)->isMinValue(isSigned)) {
Reid Spencere4e40032007-03-21 23:19:50 +00001567 ICmpInst::Predicate pred = (isSigned ?
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001568 ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT);
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001569 return new ICmpInst(pred, V, Hi);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001570 }
1571
1572 // Emit V-Lo <u Hi-Lo
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001573 Constant *NegLo = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001574 Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(V, NegLo, V->getName()+".off");
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001575 Constant *UpperBound = ConstantExpr::getAdd(NegLo, Hi);
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001576 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Add, UpperBound);
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001577 }
1578
1579 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true.
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001580 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, V, V);
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001581
Reid Spencere4e40032007-03-21 23:19:50 +00001582 // V < Min || V >= Hi -> V > Hi-1
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001583 Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi));
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00001584 if (cast<ConstantInt>(Lo)->isMinValue(isSigned)) {
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001585 ICmpInst::Predicate pred = (isSigned ?
1586 ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT);
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001587 return new ICmpInst(pred, V, Hi);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00001588 }
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00001589
Reid Spencere4e40032007-03-21 23:19:50 +00001590 // Emit V-Lo >u Hi-1-Lo
1591 // Note that Hi has already had one subtracted from it, above.
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001592 ConstantInt *NegLo = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo));
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001593 Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(V, NegLo, V->getName()+".off");
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001594 Constant *LowerBound = ConstantExpr::getAdd(NegLo, Hi);
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001595 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Add, LowerBound);
Chris Lattnera96879a2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001596}
1597
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001598// isRunOfOnes - Returns true iff Val consists of one contiguous run of 1s with
1599// any number of 0s on either side. The 1s are allowed to wrap from LSB to
1600// MSB, so 0x000FFF0, 0x0000FFFF, and 0xFF0000FF are all runs. 0x0F0F0000 is
1601// not, since all 1s are not contiguous.
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +00001602static bool isRunOfOnes(ConstantInt *Val, uint32_t &MB, uint32_t &ME) {
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +00001603 const APInt& V = Val->getValue();
Reid Spencerf2442522007-03-24 00:42:08 +00001604 uint32_t BitWidth = Val->getType()->getBitWidth();
1605 if (!APIntOps::isShiftedMask(BitWidth, V)) return false;
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001606
1607 // look for the first zero bit after the run of ones
Reid Spencerf2442522007-03-24 00:42:08 +00001608 MB = BitWidth - ((V - 1) ^ V).countLeadingZeros();
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001609 // look for the first non-zero bit
Reid Spencerf2442522007-03-24 00:42:08 +00001610 ME = V.getActiveBits();
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001611 return true;
1612}
1613
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001614/// FoldLogicalPlusAnd - This is part of an expression (LHS +/- RHS) & Mask,
1615/// where isSub determines whether the operator is a sub. If we can fold one of
1616/// the following xforms:
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001617///
1618/// ((A & N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == Mask
1619/// ((A | N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0
1620/// ((A ^ N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0
1621///
1622/// return (A +/- B).
1623///
1624Value *InstCombiner::FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00001625 ConstantInt *Mask, bool isSub,
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001626 Instruction &I) {
1627 Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
1628 if (!LHSI || LHSI->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
1629 !isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) return 0;
1630
1631 ConstantInt *N = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
1632
1633 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
1634 default: return 0;
1635 case Instruction::And:
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001636 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask) == Mask) {
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001637 // If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), this is simple.
Zhou Sheng00f436c2007-03-24 15:34:37 +00001638 if ((Mask->getValue().countLeadingZeros() +
1639 Mask->getValue().countPopulation()) ==
1640 Mask->getValue().getBitWidth())
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001641 break;
1642
1643 // Otherwise, if Mask is 0+1+0+, and if B is known to have the low 0+
1644 // part, we don't need any explicit masks to take them out of A. If that
1645 // is all N is, ignore it.
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +00001646 uint32_t MB = 0, ME = 0;
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001647 if (isRunOfOnes(Mask, MB, ME)) { // begin/end bit of run, inclusive
Reid Spencerb35ae032007-03-23 18:46:34 +00001648 uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType())->getBitWidth();
Zhou Sheng290bec52007-03-29 08:15:12 +00001649 APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, MB-1));
Chris Lattner3bedbd92006-02-07 07:27:52 +00001650 if (MaskedValueIsZero(RHS, Mask))
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001651 break;
1652 }
1653 }
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001654 return 0;
1655 case Instruction::Or:
1656 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001657 // If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), and N&Mask == 0
Zhou Sheng00f436c2007-03-24 15:34:37 +00001658 if ((Mask->getValue().countLeadingZeros() +
1659 Mask->getValue().countPopulation()) == Mask->getValue().getBitWidth()
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001660 && ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001661 break;
1662 return 0;
1663 }
1664
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001665 if (isSub)
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001666 return Builder->CreateSub(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold");
1667 return Builder->CreateAdd(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold");
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001668}
1669
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001670/// FoldAndOfICmps - Fold (icmp)&(icmp) if possible.
1671Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfICmps(Instruction &I,
1672 ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) {
Chris Lattnerea065fb2008-11-16 05:10:52 +00001673 Value *Val, *Val2;
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001674 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1675 ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC, RHSCC;
1676
Chris Lattnerea065fb2008-11-16 05:10:52 +00001677 // This only handles icmp of constants: (icmp1 A, C1) & (icmp2 B, C2).
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00001678 if (!match(LHS, m_ICmp(LHSCC, m_Value(Val),
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001679 m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))) ||
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00001680 !match(RHS, m_ICmp(RHSCC, m_Value(Val2),
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00001681 m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001682 return 0;
Chris Lattnerea065fb2008-11-16 05:10:52 +00001683
Chris Lattner3f40e232009-11-29 00:51:17 +00001684 if (LHSCst == RHSCst && LHSCC == RHSCC) {
1685 // (icmp ult A, C) & (icmp ult B, C) --> (icmp ult (A|B), C)
1686 // where C is a power of 2
1687 if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT &&
1688 LHSCst->getValue().isPowerOf2()) {
1689 Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(Val, Val2);
1690 return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, NewOr, LHSCst);
1691 }
1692
1693 // (icmp eq A, 0) & (icmp eq B, 0) --> (icmp eq (A|B), 0)
1694 if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && LHSCst->isZero()) {
1695 Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(Val, Val2);
1696 return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, NewOr, LHSCst);
1697 }
Chris Lattnerea065fb2008-11-16 05:10:52 +00001698 }
1699
1700 // From here on, we only handle:
1701 // (icmp1 A, C1) & (icmp2 A, C2) --> something simpler.
1702 if (Val != Val2) return 0;
1703
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001704 // ICMP_[US][GL]E X, CST is folded to ICMP_[US][GL]T elsewhere.
1705 if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
1706 RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
1707 LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE ||
1708 RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
1709 return 0;
1710
1711 // We can't fold (ugt x, C) & (sgt x, C2).
1712 if (!PredicatesFoldable(LHSCC, RHSCC))
1713 return 0;
1714
1715 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
Chris Lattneraa3e1572008-11-16 05:14:43 +00001716 bool ShouldSwap;
Nick Lewycky4a134af2009-10-25 05:20:17 +00001717 if (CmpInst::isSigned(LHSCC) ||
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001718 (ICmpInst::isEquality(LHSCC) &&
Nick Lewycky4a134af2009-10-25 05:20:17 +00001719 CmpInst::isSigned(RHSCC)))
Chris Lattneraa3e1572008-11-16 05:14:43 +00001720 ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().sgt(RHSCst->getValue());
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001721 else
Chris Lattneraa3e1572008-11-16 05:14:43 +00001722 ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().ugt(RHSCst->getValue());
1723
1724 if (ShouldSwap) {
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001725 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1726 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1727 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1728 }
1729
1730 // At this point, we know we have have two icmp instructions
1731 // comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result
1732 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1733 // icmp eq, icmp ne, icmp [su]lt, and icmp [SU]gt here. We also know
1734 // (from the FoldICmpLogical check above), that the two constants
1735 // are not equal and that the larger constant is on the RHS
1736 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1737
1738 switch (LHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001739 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001740 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
1741 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001742 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001743 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false
1744 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
1745 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001746 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001747 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13
1748 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
1749 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
1750 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1751 }
1752 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
1753 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001754 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001755 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001756 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X u< 14) -> X < 13
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001757 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Val, LHSCst);
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001758 break; // (X != 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
1759 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001760 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X s< 14) -> X < 13
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001761 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, Val, LHSCst);
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001762 break; // (X != 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
1763 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1764 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X != 13 & X u> 15) -> X u> 15
1765 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X != 13 & X s> 15) -> X s> 15
1766 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1767 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001768 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)){// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00001769 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001770 Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(Val, AddCST, Val->getName()+".off");
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001771 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Add,
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00001772 ConstantInt::get(Add->getType(), 1));
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001773 }
1774 break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change
1775 }
1776 break;
1777 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
1778 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001779 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001780 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u< 13 & X == 15) -> false
1781 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u< 13 & X u> 15) -> false
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001782 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001783 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u< 13 & X s> 15) -> no change
1784 break;
1785 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u< 13 & X != 15) -> X u< 13
1786 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u< 13 & X u< 15) -> X u< 13
1787 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1788 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u< 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
1789 break;
1790 }
1791 break;
1792 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
1793 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001794 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001795 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s< 13 & X == 15) -> false
1796 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s< 13 & X s> 15) -> false
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001797 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001798 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s< 13 & X u> 15) -> no change
1799 break;
1800 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s< 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13
1801 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s< 13 & X s< 15) -> X < 13
1802 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1803 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s< 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
1804 break;
1805 }
1806 break;
1807 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
1808 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001809 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001810 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u> 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1811 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u> 13 & X u> 15) -> X u> 15
1812 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1813 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u> 13 & X s> 15) -> no change
1814 break;
1815 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001816 if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X u> 13 & X != 14) -> X u> 14
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001817 return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, Val, RHSCst);
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001818 break; // (X u> 13 & X != 15) -> no change
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00001819 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u> 13 & X u< 15) -> (X-14) <u 1
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001820 return InsertRangeTest(Val, AddOne(LHSCst),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00001821 RHSCst, false, true, I);
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001822 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u> 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
1823 break;
1824 }
1825 break;
1826 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
1827 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00001828 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001829 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s> 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1830 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s> 13 & X s> 15) -> X s> 15
1831 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1832 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s> 13 & X u> 15) -> no change
1833 break;
1834 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001835 if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X s> 13 & X != 14) -> X s> 14
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001836 return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, Val, RHSCst);
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001837 break; // (X s> 13 & X != 15) -> no change
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00001838 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s> 13 & X s< 15) -> (X-14) s< 1
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00001839 return InsertRangeTest(Val, AddOne(LHSCst),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00001840 RHSCst, true, true, I);
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001841 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s> 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
1842 break;
1843 }
1844 break;
1845 }
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001846
1847 return 0;
1848}
1849
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001850Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfFCmps(Instruction &I, FCmpInst *LHS,
1851 FCmpInst *RHS) {
1852
1853 if (LHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD &&
1854 RHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD) {
1855 // (fcmp ord x, c) & (fcmp ord y, c) -> (fcmp ord x, y)
1856 if (ConstantFP *LHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(LHS->getOperand(1)))
1857 if (ConstantFP *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS->getOperand(1))) {
1858 // If either of the constants are nans, then the whole thing returns
1859 // false.
1860 if (LHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN() || RHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN())
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001861 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext()));
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001862 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD,
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001863 LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0));
1864 }
Chris Lattnerf98d2532009-07-23 05:32:17 +00001865
1866 // Handle vector zeros. This occurs because the canonical form of
1867 // "fcmp ord x,x" is "fcmp ord x, 0".
1868 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(LHS->getOperand(1)) &&
1869 isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(RHS->getOperand(1)))
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001870 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD,
Chris Lattnerf98d2532009-07-23 05:32:17 +00001871 LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001872 return 0;
1873 }
1874
1875 Value *Op0LHS = LHS->getOperand(0), *Op0RHS = LHS->getOperand(1);
1876 Value *Op1LHS = RHS->getOperand(0), *Op1RHS = RHS->getOperand(1);
1877 FCmpInst::Predicate Op0CC = LHS->getPredicate(), Op1CC = RHS->getPredicate();
1878
1879
1880 if (Op0LHS == Op1RHS && Op0RHS == Op1LHS) {
1881 // Swap RHS operands to match LHS.
1882 Op1CC = FCmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Op1CC);
1883 std::swap(Op1LHS, Op1RHS);
1884 }
1885
1886 if (Op0LHS == Op1LHS && Op0RHS == Op1RHS) {
1887 // Simplify (fcmp cc0 x, y) & (fcmp cc1 x, y).
1888 if (Op0CC == Op1CC)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00001889 return new FCmpInst((FCmpInst::Predicate)Op0CC, Op0LHS, Op0RHS);
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001890
1891 if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE || Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE)
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001892 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001893 if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE)
1894 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1895 if (Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE)
1896 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1897
1898 bool Op0Ordered;
1899 bool Op1Ordered;
1900 unsigned Op0Pred = getFCmpCode(Op0CC, Op0Ordered);
1901 unsigned Op1Pred = getFCmpCode(Op1CC, Op1Ordered);
1902 if (Op1Pred == 0) {
1903 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1904 std::swap(Op0Pred, Op1Pred);
1905 std::swap(Op0Ordered, Op1Ordered);
1906 }
1907 if (Op0Pred == 0) {
1908 // uno && ueq -> uno && (uno || eq) -> ueq
1909 // ord && olt -> ord && (ord && lt) -> olt
1910 if (Op0Ordered == Op1Ordered)
1911 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1912
1913 // uno && oeq -> uno && (ord && eq) -> false
1914 // uno && ord -> false
1915 if (!Op0Ordered)
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001916 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001917 // ord && ueq -> ord && (uno || eq) -> oeq
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00001918 return cast<Instruction>(getFCmpValue(true, Op1Pred, Op0LHS, Op0RHS));
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00001919 }
1920 }
1921
1922 return 0;
1923}
1924
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00001925
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001926Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001927 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001928 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001929
Chris Lattnerd06094f2009-11-10 00:55:12 +00001930 if (Value *V = SimplifyAndInst(Op0, Op1, TD))
1931 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001932
Chris Lattnerf8c36f52006-02-12 08:02:11 +00001933 // See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
Chris Lattner9ca96412006-02-08 03:25:32 +00001934 // purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00001935 if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
Nick Lewycky546d6312010-01-02 15:25:44 +00001936 return &I;
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00001937
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00001938 if (ConstantInt *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner7acdf1d2009-10-11 22:00:32 +00001939 const APInt &AndRHSMask = AndRHS->getValue();
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +00001940 APInt NotAndRHS(~AndRHSMask);
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001941
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001942 // Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations...
Chris Lattner7acdf1d2009-10-11 22:00:32 +00001943 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001944 Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0);
1945 Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1);
1946 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner7acdf1d2009-10-11 22:00:32 +00001947 default: break;
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001948 case Instruction::Xor:
1949 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattnerad1e3022005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001950 // If the mask is only needed on one incoming arm, push it up.
Chris Lattner7acdf1d2009-10-11 22:00:32 +00001951 if (!Op0I->hasOneUse()) break;
1952
1953 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1954 // Not masking anything out for the LHS, move to RHS.
1955 Value *NewRHS = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS,
1956 Op0RHS->getName()+".masked");
1957 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0I->getOpcode(), Op0LHS, NewRHS);
1958 }
1959 if (!isa<Constant>(Op0RHS) &&
1960 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1961 // Not masking anything out for the RHS, move to LHS.
1962 Value *NewLHS = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS,
1963 Op0LHS->getName()+".masked");
1964 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0I->getOpcode(), NewLHS, Op0RHS);
Chris Lattnerad1e3022005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001965 }
1966
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001967 break;
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001968 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001969 // ((A & N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS.
1970 // ((A | N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
1971 // ((A ^ N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
1972 if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, false, I))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001973 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001974 if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0RHS, Op0LHS, AndRHS, false, I))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001975 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS); // Add commutes
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001976 break;
1977
1978 case Instruction::Sub:
Chris Lattner7203e152005-09-18 07:22:02 +00001979 // ((A & N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS.
1980 // ((A | N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
1981 // ((A ^ N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
1982 if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, true, I))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00001983 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS);
Nick Lewyckyb4d1bc92008-07-09 04:32:37 +00001984
Nick Lewycky5dcc41f2008-07-10 05:51:40 +00001985 // (A - N) & AndRHS -> -N & AndRHS iff A&AndRHS==0 and AndRHS
1986 // has 1's for all bits that the subtraction with A might affect.
1987 if (Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
1988 uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHSMask.getBitWidth();
1989 uint32_t Zeros = AndRHSMask.countLeadingZeros();
1990 APInt Mask = APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - Zeros);
1991
Nick Lewyckyb4d1bc92008-07-09 04:32:37 +00001992 ConstantInt *A = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0LHS);
Nick Lewycky5dcc41f2008-07-10 05:51:40 +00001993 if (!(A && A->isZero()) && // avoid infinite recursion.
1994 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, Mask)) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00001995 Value *NewNeg = Builder->CreateNeg(Op0RHS);
Nick Lewyckyb4d1bc92008-07-09 04:32:37 +00001996 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewNeg, AndRHS);
1997 }
1998 }
Chris Lattnerc8e77562005-09-18 04:24:45 +00001999 break;
Nick Lewyckyd1f77bf2008-07-09 05:20:13 +00002000
2001 case Instruction::Shl:
2002 case Instruction::LShr:
2003 // (1 << x) & 1 --> zext(x == 0)
2004 // (1 >> x) & 1 --> zext(x == 0)
Nick Lewyckyd8ad4922008-07-09 07:35:26 +00002005 if (AndRHSMask == 1 && Op0LHS == AndRHS) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002006 Value *NewICmp =
2007 Builder->CreateICmpEQ(Op0RHS, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Nick Lewyckyd1f77bf2008-07-09 05:20:13 +00002008 return new ZExtInst(NewICmp, I.getType());
2009 }
2010 break;
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00002011 }
2012
Chris Lattner58403262003-07-23 19:25:52 +00002013 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00002014 if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I))
Chris Lattnerbd7b5ff2003-09-19 17:17:26 +00002015 return Res;
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00002016 } else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner2b83af22005-08-07 07:03:10 +00002017 // If this is an integer truncation or change from signed-to-unsigned, and
2018 // if the source is an and/or with immediate, transform it. This
2019 // frequently occurs for bitfield accesses.
2020 if (Instruction *CastOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(CI->getOperand(0))) {
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00002021 if ((isa<TruncInst>(CI) || isa<BitCastInst>(CI)) &&
Chris Lattner2b83af22005-08-07 07:03:10 +00002022 CastOp->getNumOperands() == 2)
Chris Lattner48b59ec2009-10-26 15:40:07 +00002023 if (ConstantInt *AndCI =dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CastOp->getOperand(1))){
Chris Lattner2b83af22005-08-07 07:03:10 +00002024 if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
2025 // Change: and (cast (and X, C1) to T), C2
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00002026 // into : and (cast X to T), trunc_or_bitcast(C1)&C2
2027 // This will fold the two constants together, which may allow
2028 // other simplifications.
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002029 Value *NewCast = Builder->CreateTruncOrBitCast(
Reid Spencerd977d862006-12-12 23:36:14 +00002030 CastOp->getOperand(0), I.getType(),
2031 CastOp->getName()+".shrunk");
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00002032 // trunc_or_bitcast(C1)&C2
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002033 Constant *C3 = ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(AndCI,I.getType());
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002034 C3 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002035 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewCast, C3);
Chris Lattner2b83af22005-08-07 07:03:10 +00002036 } else if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
2037 // Change: and (cast (or X, C1) to T), C2
2038 // into : trunc(C1)&C2 iff trunc(C1)&C2 == C2
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002039 Constant *C3 = ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(AndCI,I.getType());
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002040 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS) == AndRHS)
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00002041 // trunc(C1)&C2
Chris Lattner2b83af22005-08-07 07:03:10 +00002042 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, AndRHS);
2043 }
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00002044 }
Chris Lattner2b83af22005-08-07 07:03:10 +00002045 }
Chris Lattner06782f82003-07-23 19:36:21 +00002046 }
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002047
2048 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
2049 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00002050 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002051 return R;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002052 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2053 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2054 return NV;
Chris Lattnerc6a8aff2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00002055 }
2056
Chris Lattner5b62aa72004-06-18 06:07:51 +00002057
Misha Brukmancb6267b2004-07-30 12:50:08 +00002058 // (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerd06094f2009-11-10 00:55:12 +00002059 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0))
2060 if (Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1))
2061 if (Op0->hasOneUse() && Op1->hasOneUse()) {
2062 Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
2063 I.getName()+".demorgan");
2064 return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Or);
2065 }
2066
Chris Lattner2082ad92006-02-13 23:07:23 +00002067 {
Chris Lattner003b6202007-06-15 05:58:24 +00002068 Value *A = 0, *B = 0, *C = 0, *D = 0;
Chris Lattnerd06094f2009-11-10 00:55:12 +00002069 // (A|B) & ~(A&B) -> A^B
2070 if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
2071 match(Op1, m_Not(m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) &&
2072 ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C)))
2073 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
Chris Lattner003b6202007-06-15 05:58:24 +00002074
Chris Lattnerd06094f2009-11-10 00:55:12 +00002075 // ~(A&B) & (A|B) -> A^B
2076 if (match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
2077 match(Op0, m_Not(m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) &&
2078 ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C)))
2079 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00002080
2081 if (Op0->hasOneUse() &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002082 match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00002083 if (A == Op1) { // (A^B)&A -> A&(A^B)
2084 I.swapOperands(); // Simplify below
2085 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2086 } else if (B == Op1) { // (A^B)&B -> B&(B^A)
2087 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)->swapOperands();
2088 I.swapOperands(); // Simplify below
2089 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2090 }
2091 }
Bill Wendling7f0ef6b2008-11-30 13:08:13 +00002092
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00002093 if (Op1->hasOneUse() &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002094 match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00002095 if (B == Op0) { // B&(A^B) -> B&(B^A)
2096 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)->swapOperands();
2097 std::swap(A, B);
2098 }
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002099 if (A == Op0) // A&(A^B) -> A & ~B
2100 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Builder->CreateNot(B, "tmp"));
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00002101 }
Bill Wendling7f0ef6b2008-11-30 13:08:13 +00002102
2103 // (A&((~A)|B)) -> A&B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002104 if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Not(m_Specific(Op1)), m_Value(A))) ||
2105 match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Not(m_Specific(Op1)))))
Chris Lattnerd8aafcb2008-12-01 05:16:26 +00002106 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Op1);
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002107 if (match(Op1, m_Or(m_Not(m_Specific(Op0)), m_Value(A))) ||
2108 match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Not(m_Specific(Op0)))))
Chris Lattnerd8aafcb2008-12-01 05:16:26 +00002109 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Op0);
Chris Lattner2082ad92006-02-13 23:07:23 +00002110 }
2111
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00002112 if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op1)) {
2113 // (icmp1 A, B) & (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002114 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002115 return R;
2116
Chris Lattner29cd5ba2008-11-16 05:06:21 +00002117 if (ICmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op0))
2118 if (Instruction *Res = FoldAndOfICmps(I, LHS, RHS))
2119 return Res;
Chris Lattner955f3312004-09-28 21:48:02 +00002120 }
2121
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00002122 // fold (and (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (and A, B))
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00002123 if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0))
2124 if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
2125 if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) { // same cast kind ?
2126 const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
Chris Lattnerf98d2532009-07-23 05:32:17 +00002127 if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() &&
2128 SrcTy->isIntOrIntVector() &&
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00002129 // Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be generated.
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00002130 ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
2131 I.getType()) &&
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00002132 ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00002133 I.getType())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002134 Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0C->getOperand(0),
2135 Op1C->getOperand(0), I.getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002136 return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00002137 }
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00002138 }
Chris Lattnere511b742006-11-14 07:46:50 +00002139
2140 // (X >> Z) & (Y >> Z) -> (X&Y) >> Z for all shifts.
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00002141 if (BinaryOperator *SI1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
2142 if (BinaryOperator *SI0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
2143 if (SI0->isShift() && SI0->getOpcode() == SI1->getOpcode() &&
Chris Lattnere511b742006-11-14 07:46:50 +00002144 SI0->getOperand(1) == SI1->getOperand(1) &&
2145 (SI0->hasOneUse() || SI1->hasOneUse())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002146 Value *NewOp =
2147 Builder->CreateAnd(SI0->getOperand(0), SI1->getOperand(0),
2148 SI0->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002149 return BinaryOperator::Create(SI1->getOpcode(), NewOp,
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00002150 SI1->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnere511b742006-11-14 07:46:50 +00002151 }
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00002152 }
2153
Evan Cheng8db90722008-10-14 17:15:11 +00002154 // If and'ing two fcmp, try combine them into one.
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00002155 if (FCmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattner42d1be02009-07-23 05:14:02 +00002156 if (FCmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
2157 if (Instruction *Res = FoldAndOfFCmps(I, LHS, RHS))
2158 return Res;
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00002159 }
Nick Lewyckyb4d1bc92008-07-09 04:32:37 +00002160
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002161 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002162}
2163
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002164/// CollectBSwapParts - Analyze the specified subexpression and see if it is
2165/// capable of providing pieces of a bswap. The subexpression provides pieces
2166/// of a bswap if it is proven that each of the non-zero bytes in the output of
2167/// the expression came from the corresponding "byte swapped" byte in some other
2168/// value. For example, if the current subexpression is "(shl i32 %X, 24)" then
2169/// we know that the expression deposits the low byte of %X into the high byte
2170/// of the bswap result and that all other bytes are zero. This expression is
2171/// accepted, the high byte of ByteValues is set to X to indicate a correct
2172/// match.
2173///
2174/// This function returns true if the match was unsuccessful and false if so.
2175/// On entry to the function the "OverallLeftShift" is a signed integer value
2176/// indicating the number of bytes that the subexpression is later shifted. For
2177/// example, if the expression is later right shifted by 16 bits, the
2178/// OverallLeftShift value would be -2 on entry. This is used to specify which
2179/// byte of ByteValues is actually being set.
2180///
2181/// Similarly, ByteMask is a bitmask where a bit is clear if its corresponding
2182/// byte is masked to zero by a user. For example, in (X & 255), X will be
2183/// processed with a bytemask of 1. Because bytemask is 32-bits, this limits
2184/// this function to working on up to 32-byte (256 bit) values. ByteMask is
2185/// always in the local (OverallLeftShift) coordinate space.
2186///
2187static bool CollectBSwapParts(Value *V, int OverallLeftShift, uint32_t ByteMask,
2188 SmallVector<Value*, 8> &ByteValues) {
2189 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
2190 // If this is an or instruction, it may be an inner node of the bswap.
2191 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
2192 return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask,
2193 ByteValues) ||
2194 CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(1), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask,
2195 ByteValues);
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002196 }
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002197
2198 // If this is a logical shift by a constant multiple of 8, recurse with
2199 // OverallLeftShift and ByteMask adjusted.
2200 if (I->isLogicalShift() && isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
2201 unsigned ShAmt =
2202 cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))->getLimitedValue(~0U);
2203 // Ensure the shift amount is defined and of a byte value.
2204 if ((ShAmt & 7) || (ShAmt > 8*ByteValues.size()))
2205 return true;
2206
2207 unsigned ByteShift = ShAmt >> 3;
2208 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
2209 // X << 2 -> collect(X, +2)
2210 OverallLeftShift += ByteShift;
2211 ByteMask >>= ByteShift;
2212 } else {
2213 // X >>u 2 -> collect(X, -2)
2214 OverallLeftShift -= ByteShift;
2215 ByteMask <<= ByteShift;
Chris Lattnerde17ddc2008-10-08 06:42:28 +00002216 ByteMask &= (~0U >> (32-ByteValues.size()));
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002217 }
2218
2219 if (OverallLeftShift >= (int)ByteValues.size()) return true;
2220 if (OverallLeftShift <= -(int)ByteValues.size()) return true;
2221
2222 return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask,
2223 ByteValues);
2224 }
2225
2226 // If this is a logical 'and' with a mask that clears bytes, clear the
2227 // corresponding bytes in ByteMask.
2228 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
2229 isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
2230 // Scan every byte of the and mask, seeing if the byte is either 0 or 255.
2231 unsigned NumBytes = ByteValues.size();
2232 APInt Byte(I->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(), 255);
2233 const APInt &AndMask = cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))->getValue();
2234
2235 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumBytes; ++i, Byte <<= 8) {
2236 // If this byte is masked out by a later operation, we don't care what
2237 // the and mask is.
2238 if ((ByteMask & (1 << i)) == 0)
2239 continue;
2240
2241 // If the AndMask is all zeros for this byte, clear the bit.
2242 APInt MaskB = AndMask & Byte;
2243 if (MaskB == 0) {
2244 ByteMask &= ~(1U << i);
2245 continue;
2246 }
2247
2248 // If the AndMask is not all ones for this byte, it's not a bytezap.
2249 if (MaskB != Byte)
2250 return true;
2251
2252 // Otherwise, this byte is kept.
2253 }
2254
2255 return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask,
2256 ByteValues);
2257 }
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002258 }
2259
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002260 // Okay, we got to something that isn't a shift, 'or' or 'and'. This must be
2261 // the input value to the bswap. Some observations: 1) if more than one byte
2262 // is demanded from this input, then it could not be successfully assembled
2263 // into a byteswap. At least one of the two bytes would not be aligned with
2264 // their ultimate destination.
2265 if (!isPowerOf2_32(ByteMask)) return true;
2266 unsigned InputByteNo = CountTrailingZeros_32(ByteMask);
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002267
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002268 // 2) The input and ultimate destinations must line up: if byte 3 of an i32
2269 // is demanded, it needs to go into byte 0 of the result. This means that the
2270 // byte needs to be shifted until it lands in the right byte bucket. The
2271 // shift amount depends on the position: if the byte is coming from the high
2272 // part of the value (e.g. byte 3) then it must be shifted right. If from the
2273 // low part, it must be shifted left.
2274 unsigned DestByteNo = InputByteNo + OverallLeftShift;
2275 if (InputByteNo < ByteValues.size()/2) {
2276 if (ByteValues.size()-1-DestByteNo != InputByteNo)
2277 return true;
2278 } else {
2279 if (ByteValues.size()-1-DestByteNo != InputByteNo)
2280 return true;
2281 }
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002282
2283 // If the destination byte value is already defined, the values are or'd
2284 // together, which isn't a bswap (unless it's an or of the same bits).
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002285 if (ByteValues[DestByteNo] && ByteValues[DestByteNo] != V)
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002286 return true;
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002287 ByteValues[DestByteNo] = V;
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002288 return false;
2289}
2290
2291/// MatchBSwap - Given an OR instruction, check to see if this is a bswap idiom.
2292/// If so, insert the new bswap intrinsic and return it.
2293Instruction *InstCombiner::MatchBSwap(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner55fc8c42007-04-01 20:57:36 +00002294 const IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(I.getType());
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002295 if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() % 16 ||
2296 // ByteMask only allows up to 32-byte values.
2297 ITy->getBitWidth() > 32*8)
Chris Lattner55fc8c42007-04-01 20:57:36 +00002298 return 0; // Can only bswap pairs of bytes. Can't do vectors.
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002299
2300 /// ByteValues - For each byte of the result, we keep track of which value
2301 /// defines each byte.
Chris Lattner535014f2007-02-15 22:52:10 +00002302 SmallVector<Value*, 8> ByteValues;
Chris Lattner55fc8c42007-04-01 20:57:36 +00002303 ByteValues.resize(ITy->getBitWidth()/8);
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002304
2305 // Try to find all the pieces corresponding to the bswap.
Chris Lattner8c34cd22008-10-05 02:13:19 +00002306 uint32_t ByteMask = ~0U >> (32-ByteValues.size());
2307 if (CollectBSwapParts(&I, 0, ByteMask, ByteValues))
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002308 return 0;
2309
2310 // Check to see if all of the bytes come from the same value.
2311 Value *V = ByteValues[0];
2312 if (V == 0) return 0; // Didn't find a byte? Must be zero.
2313
2314 // Check to make sure that all of the bytes come from the same value.
2315 for (unsigned i = 1, e = ByteValues.size(); i != e; ++i)
2316 if (ByteValues[i] != V)
2317 return 0;
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00002318 const Type *Tys[] = { ITy };
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002319 Module *M = I.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00002320 Function *F = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::bswap, Tys, 1);
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +00002321 return CallInst::Create(F, V);
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002322}
2323
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002324/// MatchSelectFromAndOr - We have an expression of the form (A&C)|(B&D). Check
2325/// If A is (cond?-1:0) and either B or D is ~(cond?-1,0) or (cond?0,-1), then
2326/// we can simplify this expression to "cond ? C : D or B".
2327static Instruction *MatchSelectFromAndOr(Value *A, Value *B,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002328 Value *C, Value *D) {
Chris Lattnera6a474d2008-11-16 04:26:55 +00002329 // If A is not a select of -1/0, this cannot match.
Chris Lattner6046fb72008-11-16 04:46:19 +00002330 Value *Cond = 0;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002331 if (!match(A, m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Value(Cond))))
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002332 return 0;
2333
Chris Lattnera6a474d2008-11-16 04:26:55 +00002334 // ((cond?-1:0)&C) | (B&(cond?0:-1)) -> cond ? C : B.
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002335 if (match(D, m_SelectCst<0, -1>(m_Specific(Cond))))
Chris Lattnera6a474d2008-11-16 04:26:55 +00002336 return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, B);
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002337 if (match(D, m_Not(m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Specific(Cond)))))
Chris Lattnera6a474d2008-11-16 04:26:55 +00002338 return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, B);
2339 // ((cond?-1:0)&C) | ((cond?0:-1)&D) -> cond ? C : D.
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002340 if (match(B, m_SelectCst<0, -1>(m_Specific(Cond))))
Chris Lattnera6a474d2008-11-16 04:26:55 +00002341 return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, D);
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002342 if (match(B, m_Not(m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Specific(Cond)))))
Chris Lattnera6a474d2008-11-16 04:26:55 +00002343 return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, D);
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002344 return 0;
2345}
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002346
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002347/// FoldOrOfICmps - Fold (icmp)|(icmp) if possible.
2348Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfICmps(Instruction &I,
2349 ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) {
2350 Value *Val, *Val2;
2351 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
2352 ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC, RHSCC;
2353
2354 // This only handles icmp of constants: (icmp1 A, C1) | (icmp2 B, C2).
Chris Lattner3f40e232009-11-29 00:51:17 +00002355 if (!match(LHS, m_ICmp(LHSCC, m_Value(Val), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))) ||
2356 !match(RHS, m_ICmp(RHSCC, m_Value(Val2), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002357 return 0;
Chris Lattner3f40e232009-11-29 00:51:17 +00002358
2359
2360 // (icmp ne A, 0) | (icmp ne B, 0) --> (icmp ne (A|B), 0)
2361 if (LHSCst == RHSCst && LHSCC == RHSCC &&
2362 LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && LHSCst->isZero()) {
2363 Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(Val, Val2);
2364 return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, NewOr, LHSCst);
2365 }
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002366
2367 // From here on, we only handle:
2368 // (icmp1 A, C1) | (icmp2 A, C2) --> something simpler.
2369 if (Val != Val2) return 0;
2370
2371 // ICMP_[US][GL]E X, CST is folded to ICMP_[US][GL]T elsewhere.
2372 if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
2373 RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
2374 LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE ||
2375 RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
2376 return 0;
2377
2378 // We can't fold (ugt x, C) | (sgt x, C2).
2379 if (!PredicatesFoldable(LHSCC, RHSCC))
2380 return 0;
2381
2382 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
2383 bool ShouldSwap;
Nick Lewycky4a134af2009-10-25 05:20:17 +00002384 if (CmpInst::isSigned(LHSCC) ||
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002385 (ICmpInst::isEquality(LHSCC) &&
Nick Lewycky4a134af2009-10-25 05:20:17 +00002386 CmpInst::isSigned(RHSCC)))
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002387 ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().sgt(RHSCst->getValue());
2388 else
2389 ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().ugt(RHSCst->getValue());
2390
2391 if (ShouldSwap) {
2392 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
2393 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
2394 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
2395 }
2396
2397 // At this point, we know we have have two icmp instructions
2398 // comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result
2399 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
2400 // ICMP_EQ, ICMP_NE, ICMP_LT, and ICMP_GT here. We also know (from the
2401 // FoldICmpLogical check above), that the two constants are not
2402 // equal.
2403 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
2404
2405 switch (LHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002406 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002407 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
2408 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002409 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002410 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002411 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00002412 // (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002413 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002414 Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(Val, AddCST, Val->getName()+".off");
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002415 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst);
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00002416 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Add, AddCST);
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002417 }
2418 break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change
2419 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X == 13 | X u> 14) -> no change
2420 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X == 13 | X s> 14) -> no change
2421 break;
2422 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
2423 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X == 13 | X u< 15) -> X u< 15
2424 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X == 13 | X s< 15) -> X s< 15
2425 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
2426 }
2427 break;
2428 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
2429 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002430 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002431 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13
2432 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X != 13 | X u> 15) -> X != 13
2433 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X != 13 | X s> 15) -> X != 13
2434 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
2435 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true
2436 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X != 13 | X u< 15) -> true
2437 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X != 13 | X s< 15) -> true
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002438 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002439 }
2440 break;
2441 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
2442 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002443 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002444 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u< 13 | X == 14) -> no change
2445 break;
2446 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u< 13 | X u> 15) -> (X-13) u> 2
2447 // If RHSCst is [us]MAXINT, it is always false. Not handling
2448 // this can cause overflow.
2449 if (RHSCst->isMaxValue(false))
2450 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002451 return InsertRangeTest(Val, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00002452 false, false, I);
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002453 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u< 13 | X s> 15) -> no change
2454 break;
2455 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u< 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
2456 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u< 13 | X u< 15) -> X u< 15
2457 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
2458 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u< 13 | X s< 15) -> no change
2459 break;
2460 }
2461 break;
2462 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
2463 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002464 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002465 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s< 13 | X == 14) -> no change
2466 break;
2467 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s< 13 | X s> 15) -> (X-13) s> 2
2468 // If RHSCst is [us]MAXINT, it is always false. Not handling
2469 // this can cause overflow.
2470 if (RHSCst->isMaxValue(true))
2471 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002472 return InsertRangeTest(Val, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00002473 true, false, I);
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002474 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s< 13 | X u> 15) -> no change
2475 break;
2476 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s< 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
2477 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s< 13 | X s< 15) -> X s< 15
2478 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
2479 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s< 13 | X u< 15) -> no change
2480 break;
2481 }
2482 break;
2483 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
2484 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002485 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002486 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u> 13 | X == 15) -> X u> 13
2487 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u> 13 | X u> 15) -> X u> 13
2488 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
2489 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u> 13 | X s> 15) -> no change
2490 break;
2491 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u> 13 | X != 15) -> true
2492 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u> 13 | X u< 15) -> true
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002493 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002494 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u> 13 | X s< 15) -> no change
2495 break;
2496 }
2497 break;
2498 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
2499 switch (RHSCC) {
Torok Edwinc23197a2009-07-14 16:55:14 +00002500 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002501 case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s> 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13
2502 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s> 13 | X s> 15) -> X > 13
2503 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
2504 case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s> 13 | X u> 15) -> no change
2505 break;
2506 case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s> 13 | X != 15) -> true
2507 case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s> 13 | X s< 15) -> true
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002508 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002509 case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s> 13 | X u< 15) -> no change
2510 break;
2511 }
2512 break;
2513 }
2514 return 0;
2515}
2516
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002517Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfFCmps(Instruction &I, FCmpInst *LHS,
2518 FCmpInst *RHS) {
2519 if (LHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO &&
2520 RHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO &&
2521 LHS->getOperand(0)->getType() == RHS->getOperand(0)->getType()) {
2522 if (ConstantFP *LHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(LHS->getOperand(1)))
2523 if (ConstantFP *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS->getOperand(1))) {
2524 // If either of the constants are nans, then the whole thing returns
2525 // true.
2526 if (LHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN() || RHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN())
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002527 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002528
2529 // Otherwise, no need to compare the two constants, compare the
2530 // rest.
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00002531 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO,
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002532 LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0));
2533 }
2534
2535 // Handle vector zeros. This occurs because the canonical form of
2536 // "fcmp uno x,x" is "fcmp uno x, 0".
2537 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(LHS->getOperand(1)) &&
2538 isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(RHS->getOperand(1)))
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00002539 return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO,
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002540 LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0));
2541
2542 return 0;
2543 }
2544
2545 Value *Op0LHS = LHS->getOperand(0), *Op0RHS = LHS->getOperand(1);
2546 Value *Op1LHS = RHS->getOperand(0), *Op1RHS = RHS->getOperand(1);
2547 FCmpInst::Predicate Op0CC = LHS->getPredicate(), Op1CC = RHS->getPredicate();
2548
2549 if (Op0LHS == Op1RHS && Op0RHS == Op1LHS) {
2550 // Swap RHS operands to match LHS.
2551 Op1CC = FCmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Op1CC);
2552 std::swap(Op1LHS, Op1RHS);
2553 }
2554 if (Op0LHS == Op1LHS && Op0RHS == Op1RHS) {
2555 // Simplify (fcmp cc0 x, y) | (fcmp cc1 x, y).
2556 if (Op0CC == Op1CC)
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00002557 return new FCmpInst((FCmpInst::Predicate)Op0CC,
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002558 Op0LHS, Op0RHS);
2559 if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE || Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE)
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002560 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext()));
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002561 if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE)
2562 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
2563 if (Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE)
2564 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
2565 bool Op0Ordered;
2566 bool Op1Ordered;
2567 unsigned Op0Pred = getFCmpCode(Op0CC, Op0Ordered);
2568 unsigned Op1Pred = getFCmpCode(Op1CC, Op1Ordered);
2569 if (Op0Ordered == Op1Ordered) {
2570 // If both are ordered or unordered, return a new fcmp with
2571 // or'ed predicates.
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002572 Value *RV = getFCmpValue(Op0Ordered, Op0Pred|Op1Pred, Op0LHS, Op0RHS);
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002573 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
2574 return I;
2575 // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
2576 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RV);
2577 }
2578 }
2579 return 0;
2580}
2581
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002582/// FoldOrWithConstants - This helper function folds:
2583///
Bill Wendlinga8bb13f2008-12-02 05:09:00 +00002584/// ((A | B) & C1) | (B & C2)
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002585///
2586/// into:
2587///
Bill Wendlinga8bb13f2008-12-02 05:09:00 +00002588/// (A & C1) | B
Bill Wendlingd54d8602008-12-01 08:32:40 +00002589///
Bill Wendlinga8bb13f2008-12-02 05:09:00 +00002590/// when the XOR of the two constants is "all ones" (-1).
Bill Wendlingd54d8602008-12-01 08:32:40 +00002591Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOrWithConstants(BinaryOperator &I, Value *Op,
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002592 Value *A, Value *B, Value *C) {
Bill Wendlingdda74e02008-12-02 05:06:43 +00002593 ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C);
2594 if (!CI1) return 0;
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002595
Bill Wendling286a0542008-12-02 06:24:20 +00002596 Value *V1 = 0;
2597 ConstantInt *CI2 = 0;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002598 if (!match(Op, m_And(m_Value(V1), m_ConstantInt(CI2)))) return 0;
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002599
Bill Wendling29976b92008-12-02 06:18:11 +00002600 APInt Xor = CI1->getValue() ^ CI2->getValue();
2601 if (!Xor.isAllOnesValue()) return 0;
2602
Bill Wendling286a0542008-12-02 06:24:20 +00002603 if (V1 == A || V1 == B) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002604 Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateAnd((V1 == A) ? B : A, CI1);
Bill Wendlingd16c6e92008-12-02 06:22:04 +00002605 return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(NewOp, V1);
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002606 }
2607
2608 return 0;
2609}
2610
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002611Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002612 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002613 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002614
Chris Lattnerd06094f2009-11-10 00:55:12 +00002615 if (Value *V = SimplifyOrInst(Op0, Op1, TD))
2616 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V);
2617
2618
Chris Lattnerf8c36f52006-02-12 08:02:11 +00002619 // See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
2620 // purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00002621 if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
2622 return &I;
Chris Lattner041a6c92007-06-15 05:26:55 +00002623
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00002624 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner4f637d42006-01-06 17:59:59 +00002625 ConstantInt *C1 = 0; Value *X = 0;
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002626 // (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2)
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002627 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00002628 isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002629 Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(X, RHS);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00002630 Or->takeName(Op0);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002631 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Or,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002632 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),
2633 RHS->getValue() | C1->getValue()));
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002634 }
Chris Lattnerad44ebf2003-07-23 18:29:44 +00002635
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002636 // (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2)
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002637 if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00002638 isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002639 Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(X, RHS);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00002640 Or->takeName(Op0);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002641 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Or,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002642 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),
2643 C1->getValue() & ~RHS->getValue()));
Chris Lattnerad44ebf2003-07-23 18:29:44 +00002644 }
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002645
2646 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
2647 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00002648 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002649 return R;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002650 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2651 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2652 return NV;
Chris Lattnerad44ebf2003-07-23 18:29:44 +00002653 }
2654
Chris Lattner4f637d42006-01-06 17:59:59 +00002655 Value *A = 0, *B = 0;
2656 ConstantInt *C1 = 0, *C2 = 0;
Chris Lattnerf4d4c872005-05-07 23:49:08 +00002657
Chris Lattner6423d4c2006-07-10 20:25:24 +00002658 // (A | B) | C and A | (B | C) -> bswap if possible.
2659 // (A >> B) | (C << D) and (A << B) | (B >> C) -> bswap if possible.
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002660 if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())) ||
2661 match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())) ||
2662 (match(Op0, m_Shift(m_Value(), m_Value())) &&
2663 match(Op1, m_Shift(m_Value(), m_Value())))) {
Chris Lattnerafe91a52006-06-15 19:07:26 +00002664 if (Instruction *BSwap = MatchBSwap(I))
2665 return BSwap;
2666 }
2667
Chris Lattner6e4c6492005-05-09 04:58:36 +00002668 // (X^C)|Y -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00002669 if (Op0->hasOneUse() &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002670 match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Reid Spencera03d45f2007-03-22 22:19:58 +00002671 MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, C1->getValue())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002672 Value *NOr = Builder->CreateOr(A, Op1);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00002673 NOr->takeName(Op0);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002674 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NOr, C1);
Chris Lattner6e4c6492005-05-09 04:58:36 +00002675 }
2676
2677 // Y|(X^C) -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00002678 if (Op1->hasOneUse() &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002679 match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
Reid Spencera03d45f2007-03-22 22:19:58 +00002680 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, C1->getValue())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002681 Value *NOr = Builder->CreateOr(A, Op0);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00002682 NOr->takeName(Op0);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002683 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NOr, C1);
Chris Lattner6e4c6492005-05-09 04:58:36 +00002684 }
2685
Chris Lattnerc5e7ea42007-04-08 07:47:01 +00002686 // (A & C)|(B & D)
Chris Lattner2384d7b2007-06-19 05:43:49 +00002687 Value *C = 0, *D = 0;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002688 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(C))) &&
2689 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_Value(D)))) {
Chris Lattner6cae0e02007-04-08 07:55:22 +00002690 Value *V1 = 0, *V2 = 0, *V3 = 0;
2691 C1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C);
2692 C2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(D);
2693 if (C1 && C2) { // (A & C1)|(B & C2)
2694 // If we have: ((V + N) & C1) | (V & C2)
2695 // .. and C2 = ~C1 and C2 is 0+1+ and (N & C2) == 0
2696 // replace with V+N.
2697 if (C1->getValue() == ~C2->getValue()) {
2698 if ((C2->getValue() & (C2->getValue()+1)) == 0 && // C2 == 0+1+
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002699 match(A, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) {
Chris Lattner6cae0e02007-04-08 07:55:22 +00002700 // Add commutes, try both ways.
2701 if (V1 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C2->getValue()))
2702 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
2703 if (V2 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C2->getValue()))
2704 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
2705 }
2706 // Or commutes, try both ways.
2707 if ((C1->getValue() & (C1->getValue()+1)) == 0 &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002708 match(B, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) {
Chris Lattner6cae0e02007-04-08 07:55:22 +00002709 // Add commutes, try both ways.
2710 if (V1 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C1->getValue()))
2711 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
2712 if (V2 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C1->getValue()))
2713 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
2714 }
2715 }
Chris Lattnere4412c12010-01-04 06:03:59 +00002716
2717 // ((V | N) & C1) | (V & C2) --> (V|N) & (C1|C2)
2718 // iff (C1&C2) == 0 and (N&~C1) == 0
2719 if ((C1->getValue() & C2->getValue()) == 0) {
2720 if (match(A, m_Or(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2))) &&
2721 ((V1 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, ~C1->getValue())) || // (V|N)
2722 (V2 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, ~C1->getValue())))) // (N|V)
2723 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A,
2724 ConstantInt::get(A->getContext(),
2725 C1->getValue()|C2->getValue()));
2726 // Or commutes, try both ways.
2727 if (match(B, m_Or(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2))) &&
2728 ((V1 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, ~C2->getValue())) || // (V|N)
2729 (V2 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, ~C2->getValue())))) // (N|V)
2730 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(B,
2731 ConstantInt::get(B->getContext(),
2732 C1->getValue()|C2->getValue()));
2733 }
Chris Lattner6cae0e02007-04-08 07:55:22 +00002734 }
2735
Chris Lattnerc5e7ea42007-04-08 07:47:01 +00002736 // Check to see if we have any common things being and'ed. If so, find the
2737 // terms for V1 & (V2|V3).
Chris Lattnerc5e7ea42007-04-08 07:47:01 +00002738 if (isOnlyUse(Op0) || isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnere4412c12010-01-04 06:03:59 +00002739 V1 = 0;
Chris Lattnerc5e7ea42007-04-08 07:47:01 +00002740 if (A == B) // (A & C)|(A & D) == A & (C|D)
2741 V1 = A, V2 = C, V3 = D;
2742 else if (A == D) // (A & C)|(B & A) == A & (B|C)
2743 V1 = A, V2 = B, V3 = C;
2744 else if (C == B) // (A & C)|(C & D) == C & (A|D)
2745 V1 = C, V2 = A, V3 = D;
2746 else if (C == D) // (A & C)|(B & C) == C & (A|B)
2747 V1 = C, V2 = A, V3 = B;
2748
2749 if (V1) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002750 Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(V2, V3, "tmp");
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002751 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V1, Or);
Chris Lattner0b7c0bf2005-09-18 06:02:59 +00002752 }
Chris Lattnerc5e7ea42007-04-08 07:47:01 +00002753 }
Dan Gohmanb493b272008-10-28 22:38:57 +00002754
Dan Gohman1975d032008-10-30 20:40:10 +00002755 // (A & (C0?-1:0)) | (B & ~(C0?-1:0)) -> C0 ? A : B, and commuted variants
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002756 if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(A, B, C, D))
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002757 return Match;
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002758 if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(B, A, D, C))
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002759 return Match;
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002760 if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(C, B, A, D))
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002761 return Match;
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002762 if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(D, A, B, C))
Chris Lattnerfaaf9512008-11-16 04:24:12 +00002763 return Match;
Bill Wendlingb01865c2008-11-30 13:52:49 +00002764
Bill Wendlingb01865c2008-11-30 13:52:49 +00002765 // ((A&~B)|(~A&B)) -> A^B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002766 if ((match(C, m_Not(m_Specific(D))) &&
2767 match(B, m_Not(m_Specific(A)))))
Bill Wendling03aae5f2008-12-01 08:09:47 +00002768 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, D);
Bill Wendlingb01865c2008-11-30 13:52:49 +00002769 // ((~B&A)|(~A&B)) -> A^B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002770 if ((match(A, m_Not(m_Specific(D))) &&
2771 match(B, m_Not(m_Specific(C)))))
Bill Wendling03aae5f2008-12-01 08:09:47 +00002772 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(C, D);
Bill Wendlingb01865c2008-11-30 13:52:49 +00002773 // ((A&~B)|(B&~A)) -> A^B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002774 if ((match(C, m_Not(m_Specific(B))) &&
2775 match(D, m_Not(m_Specific(A)))))
Bill Wendling03aae5f2008-12-01 08:09:47 +00002776 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
Bill Wendlingb01865c2008-11-30 13:52:49 +00002777 // ((~B&A)|(B&~A)) -> A^B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002778 if ((match(A, m_Not(m_Specific(B))) &&
2779 match(D, m_Not(m_Specific(C)))))
Bill Wendling03aae5f2008-12-01 08:09:47 +00002780 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(C, B);
Chris Lattnere9bed7d2005-09-18 03:42:07 +00002781 }
Chris Lattnere511b742006-11-14 07:46:50 +00002782
2783 // (X >> Z) | (Y >> Z) -> (X|Y) >> Z for all shifts.
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00002784 if (BinaryOperator *SI1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
2785 if (BinaryOperator *SI0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
2786 if (SI0->isShift() && SI0->getOpcode() == SI1->getOpcode() &&
Chris Lattnere511b742006-11-14 07:46:50 +00002787 SI0->getOperand(1) == SI1->getOperand(1) &&
2788 (SI0->hasOneUse() || SI1->hasOneUse())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002789 Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateOr(SI0->getOperand(0), SI1->getOperand(0),
2790 SI0->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002791 return BinaryOperator::Create(SI1->getOpcode(), NewOp,
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00002792 SI1->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnere511b742006-11-14 07:46:50 +00002793 }
2794 }
Chris Lattner67ca7682003-08-12 19:11:07 +00002795
Bill Wendlingb3833d12008-12-01 01:07:11 +00002796 // ((A|B)&1)|(B&-2) -> (A&1) | B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002797 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)), m_Value(C))) ||
2798 match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))) {
Bill Wendlingd54d8602008-12-01 08:32:40 +00002799 Instruction *Ret = FoldOrWithConstants(I, Op1, A, B, C);
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002800 if (Ret) return Ret;
Bill Wendlingb3833d12008-12-01 01:07:11 +00002801 }
2802 // (B&-2)|((A|B)&1) -> (A&1) | B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00002803 if (match(Op1, m_And(m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)), m_Value(C))) ||
2804 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))) {
Bill Wendlingd54d8602008-12-01 08:32:40 +00002805 Instruction *Ret = FoldOrWithConstants(I, Op0, A, B, C);
Bill Wendlinga698a472008-12-01 08:23:25 +00002806 if (Ret) return Ret;
Bill Wendlingb3833d12008-12-01 01:07:11 +00002807 }
2808
Chris Lattnerd06094f2009-11-10 00:55:12 +00002809 // (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law
2810 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0))
2811 if (Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1))
2812 if (Op0->hasOneUse() && Op1->hasOneUse()) {
2813 Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
2814 I.getName()+".demorgan");
2815 return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(And);
2816 }
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002817
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00002818 // (icmp1 A, B) | (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
2819 if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002820 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002821 return R;
2822
Chris Lattner69d4ced2008-11-16 05:20:07 +00002823 if (ICmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(0)))
2824 if (Instruction *Res = FoldOrOfICmps(I, LHS, RHS))
2825 return Res;
Chris Lattnerb4f40d22004-09-28 22:33:08 +00002826 }
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00002827
2828 // fold (or (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (or A, B))
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00002829 if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00002830 if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00002831 if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) {// same cast kind ?
Evan Chengb98a10e2008-03-24 00:21:34 +00002832 if (!isa<ICmpInst>(Op0C->getOperand(0)) ||
2833 !isa<ICmpInst>(Op1C->getOperand(0))) {
2834 const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
Chris Lattnerf98d2532009-07-23 05:32:17 +00002835 if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() &&
2836 SrcTy->isIntOrIntVector() &&
Evan Chengb98a10e2008-03-24 00:21:34 +00002837 // Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be
2838 // generated.
2839 ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00002840 I.getType()) &&
Evan Chengb98a10e2008-03-24 00:21:34 +00002841 ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00002842 I.getType())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002843 Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateOr(Op0C->getOperand(0),
2844 Op1C->getOperand(0), I.getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002845 return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
Evan Chengb98a10e2008-03-24 00:21:34 +00002846 }
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00002847 }
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00002848 }
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00002849 }
2850
2851
2852 // (fcmp uno x, c) | (fcmp uno y, c) -> (fcmp uno x, y)
2853 if (FCmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattner5414cc52009-07-23 05:46:22 +00002854 if (FCmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
2855 if (Instruction *Res = FoldOrOfFCmps(I, LHS, RHS))
2856 return Res;
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00002857 }
Chris Lattnere9bed7d2005-09-18 03:42:07 +00002858
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002859 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002860}
2861
Dan Gohman844731a2008-05-13 00:00:25 +00002862namespace {
2863
Chris Lattnerc317d392004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002864// XorSelf - Implements: X ^ X --> 0
2865struct XorSelf {
2866 Value *RHS;
2867 XorSelf(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
2868 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
2869 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Xor) const {
2870 return &Xor;
2871 }
2872};
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002873
Dan Gohman844731a2008-05-13 00:00:25 +00002874}
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002875
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002876Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4f98c562003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002877 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002878 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002879
Evan Chengd34af782008-03-25 20:07:13 +00002880 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
2881 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
2882 // Handle undef ^ undef -> 0 special case. This is a common
2883 // idiom (misuse).
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00002884 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002885 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef
Evan Chengd34af782008-03-25 20:07:13 +00002886 }
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002887
Chris Lattnerc317d392004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002888 // xor X, X = 0, even if X is nested in a sequence of Xor's.
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002889 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, XorSelf(Op1))) {
Chris Lattnera9ff5eb2007-08-05 08:47:58 +00002890 assert(Result == &I && "AssociativeOpt didn't work?"); Result=Result;
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00002891 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerc317d392004-02-16 01:20:27 +00002892 }
Chris Lattnerf8c36f52006-02-12 08:02:11 +00002893
2894 // See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
2895 // purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00002896 if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
2897 return &I;
2898 if (isa<VectorType>(I.getType()))
2899 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Op1))
2900 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X ^ <0,0> -> X
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002901
Chris Lattner7cbe2eb2007-06-15 06:23:19 +00002902 // Is this a ~ operation?
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002903 if (Value *NotOp = dyn_castNotVal(&I)) {
Chris Lattner7cbe2eb2007-06-15 06:23:19 +00002904 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NotOp)) {
2905 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And ||
2906 Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
Chris Lattner48b59ec2009-10-26 15:40:07 +00002907 // ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
2908 // ~(~X | Y) === (X & ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
2909 if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
2910 Op0I->swapOperands();
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00002911 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002912 Value *NotY =
2913 Builder->CreateNot(Op0I->getOperand(1),
2914 Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not");
Chris Lattner7cbe2eb2007-06-15 06:23:19 +00002915 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And)
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002916 return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Op0NotVal, NotY);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002917 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0NotVal, NotY);
Chris Lattner7cbe2eb2007-06-15 06:23:19 +00002918 }
Chris Lattner48b59ec2009-10-26 15:40:07 +00002919
2920 // ~(X & Y) --> (~X | ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
2921 // ~(X | Y) === (~X & ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
2922 if (isFreeToInvert(Op0I->getOperand(0)) &&
2923 isFreeToInvert(Op0I->getOperand(1))) {
2924 Value *NotX =
2925 Builder->CreateNot(Op0I->getOperand(0), "notlhs");
2926 Value *NotY =
2927 Builder->CreateNot(Op0I->getOperand(1), "notrhs");
2928 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And)
2929 return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(NotX, NotY);
2930 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NotX, NotY);
2931 }
Chris Lattner7cbe2eb2007-06-15 06:23:19 +00002932 }
2933 }
2934 }
2935
2936
Zhou Sheng6b6b6ef2007-01-11 12:24:14 +00002937 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner7acdf1d2009-10-11 22:00:32 +00002938 if (RHS->isOne() && Op0->hasOneUse()) {
Bill Wendling3479be92009-01-01 01:18:23 +00002939 // xor (cmp A, B), true = not (cmp A, B) = !cmp A, B
Nick Lewyckyf947b3e2007-08-06 20:04:16 +00002940 if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op0))
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00002941 return new ICmpInst(ICI->getInversePredicate(),
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00002942 ICI->getOperand(0), ICI->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerad5b4fb2003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002943
Nick Lewyckyf947b3e2007-08-06 20:04:16 +00002944 if (FCmpInst *FCI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(Op0))
Dan Gohman1c8a23c2009-08-25 23:17:54 +00002945 return new FCmpInst(FCI->getInversePredicate(),
Nick Lewyckyf947b3e2007-08-06 20:04:16 +00002946 FCI->getOperand(0), FCI->getOperand(1));
2947 }
2948
Nick Lewycky517e1f52008-05-31 19:01:33 +00002949 // fold (xor(zext(cmp)), 1) and (xor(sext(cmp)), -1) to ext(!cmp).
2950 if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2951 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(Op0C->getOperand(0))) {
2952 if (CI->hasOneUse() && Op0C->hasOneUse()) {
2953 Instruction::CastOps Opcode = Op0C->getOpcode();
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002954 if ((Opcode == Instruction::ZExt || Opcode == Instruction::SExt) &&
2955 (RHS == ConstantExpr::getCast(Opcode,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002956 ConstantInt::getTrue(I.getContext()),
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00002957 Op0C->getDestTy()))) {
2958 CI->setPredicate(CI->getInversePredicate());
2959 return CastInst::Create(Opcode, CI, Op0C->getType());
Nick Lewycky517e1f52008-05-31 19:01:33 +00002960 }
2961 }
2962 }
2963 }
2964
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00002965 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattnerd65460f2003-11-05 01:06:05 +00002966 // ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1)
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002967 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue())
2968 if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002969 Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C);
2970 Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C,
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00002971 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002972 return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS);
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002973 }
Chris Lattner5c6e2db2007-04-02 05:36:22 +00002974
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00002975 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerf8c36f52006-02-12 08:02:11 +00002976 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
Chris Lattner689d24b2003-11-04 23:37:10 +00002977 // ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002978 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002979 Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002980 return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002981 ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI,
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00002982 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00002983 Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattneracf4e072007-04-02 05:42:22 +00002984 } else if (RHS->getValue().isSignBit()) {
Chris Lattner5c6e2db2007-04-02 05:36:22 +00002985 // (X + C) ^ signbit -> (X + C + signbit)
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00002986 Constant *C = ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00002987 RHS->getValue() + Op0CI->getValue());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00002988 return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0I->getOperand(0), C);
Chris Lattnercd1d6d52007-04-02 05:48:58 +00002989
Chris Lattner7c4049c2004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002990 }
Chris Lattner02bd1b32006-02-26 19:57:54 +00002991 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
2992 // (X|C1)^C2 -> X^(C1|C2) iff X&~C1 == 0
Reid Spencera03d45f2007-03-22 22:19:58 +00002993 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0I->getOperand(0), Op0CI->getValue())) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002994 Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::getOr(Op0CI, RHS);
Chris Lattner02bd1b32006-02-26 19:57:54 +00002995 // Anything in both C1 and C2 is known to be zero, remove it from
2996 // NewRHS.
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00002997 Constant *CommonBits = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Op0CI, RHS);
2998 NewRHS = ConstantExpr::getAnd(NewRHS,
2999 ConstantExpr::getNot(CommonBits));
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00003000 Worklist.Add(Op0I);
Chris Lattner02bd1b32006-02-26 19:57:54 +00003001 I.setOperand(0, Op0I->getOperand(0));
3002 I.setOperand(1, NewRHS);
3003 return &I;
3004 }
Chris Lattnereca0c5c2003-07-23 21:37:07 +00003005 }
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00003006 }
Chris Lattner05bd1b22002-08-20 18:24:26 +00003007 }
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003008
3009 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3010 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00003011 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003012 return R;
Chris Lattner4e998b22004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003013 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
3014 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
3015 return NV;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003016 }
3017
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00003018 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00003019 if (X == Op1)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003020 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00003021
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00003022 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00003023 if (X == Op0)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003024 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnera2881962003-02-18 19:28:33 +00003025
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003026
3027 BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1);
3028 if (Op1I) {
3029 Value *A, *B;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003030 if (match(Op1I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003031 if (A == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00003032 Op1I->swapOperands();
Chris Lattnercb40a372003-03-10 18:24:17 +00003033 I.swapOperands();
3034 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003035 } else if (B == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00003036 I.swapOperands(); // Simplified below.
Chris Lattnercb40a372003-03-10 18:24:17 +00003037 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00003038 }
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003039 } else if (match(Op1I, m_Xor(m_Specific(Op0), m_Value(B)))) {
Chris Lattnercb504b92008-11-16 05:38:51 +00003040 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B); // A^(A^B) == B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003041 } else if (match(Op1I, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Specific(Op0)))) {
Chris Lattnercb504b92008-11-16 05:38:51 +00003042 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A); // A^(B^A) == B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003043 } else if (match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00003044 Op1I->hasOneUse()){
Chris Lattner6abbdf92007-04-01 05:36:37 +00003045 if (A == Op0) { // A^(A&B) -> A^(B&A)
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00003046 Op1I->swapOperands();
Chris Lattner6abbdf92007-04-01 05:36:37 +00003047 std::swap(A, B);
3048 }
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003049 if (B == Op0) { // A^(B&A) -> (B&A)^A
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00003050 I.swapOperands(); // Simplified below.
3051 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
3052 }
Chris Lattner26ca7e12004-02-16 03:54:20 +00003053 }
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003054 }
3055
3056 BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0);
3057 if (Op0I) {
3058 Value *A, *B;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003059 if (match(Op0I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00003060 Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003061 if (A == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B
3062 std::swap(A, B);
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003063 if (B == Op1) // (A|B)^B == A & ~B
3064 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Builder->CreateNot(Op1, "tmp"));
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003065 } else if (match(Op0I, m_Xor(m_Specific(Op1), m_Value(B)))) {
Chris Lattnercb504b92008-11-16 05:38:51 +00003066 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B); // (A^B)^A == B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003067 } else if (match(Op0I, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Specific(Op1)))) {
Chris Lattnercb504b92008-11-16 05:38:51 +00003068 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A); // (B^A)^A == B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003069 } else if (match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00003070 Op0I->hasOneUse()){
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003071 if (A == Op1) // (A&B)^A -> (B&A)^A
3072 std::swap(A, B);
3073 if (B == Op1 && // (B&A)^A == ~B & A
Chris Lattnerae1ab392006-04-01 22:05:01 +00003074 !isa<ConstantInt>(Op1)) { // Canonical form is (B&C)^C
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003075 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Builder->CreateNot(A, "tmp"), Op1);
Chris Lattner64daab52006-04-01 08:03:55 +00003076 }
Chris Lattnercb40a372003-03-10 18:24:17 +00003077 }
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003078 }
3079
3080 // (X >> Z) ^ (Y >> Z) -> (X^Y) >> Z for all shifts.
3081 if (Op0I && Op1I && Op0I->isShift() &&
3082 Op0I->getOpcode() == Op1I->getOpcode() &&
3083 Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1I->getOperand(1) &&
3084 (Op1I->hasOneUse() || Op1I->hasOneUse())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003085 Value *NewOp =
3086 Builder->CreateXor(Op0I->getOperand(0), Op1I->getOperand(0),
3087 Op0I->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003088 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op1I->getOpcode(), NewOp,
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003089 Op1I->getOperand(1));
3090 }
3091
3092 if (Op0I && Op1I) {
3093 Value *A, *B, *C, *D;
3094 // (A & B)^(A | B) -> A ^ B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003095 if (match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3096 match(Op1I, m_Or(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003097 if ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003098 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003099 }
3100 // (A | B)^(A & B) -> A ^ B
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003101 if (match(Op0I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3102 match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003103 if ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003104 return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003105 }
3106
3107 // (A & B)^(C & D)
3108 if ((Op0I->hasOneUse() || Op1I->hasOneUse()) &&
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003109 match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3110 match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003111 // (X & Y)^(X & Y) -> (Y^Z) & X
3112 Value *X = 0, *Y = 0, *Z = 0;
3113 if (A == C)
3114 X = A, Y = B, Z = D;
3115 else if (A == D)
3116 X = A, Y = B, Z = C;
3117 else if (B == C)
3118 X = B, Y = A, Z = D;
3119 else if (B == D)
3120 X = B, Y = A, Z = C;
3121
3122 if (X) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003123 Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateXor(Y, Z, Op0->getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003124 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewOp, X);
Chris Lattner318bf792007-03-18 22:51:34 +00003125 }
3126 }
3127 }
3128
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00003129 // (icmp1 A, B) ^ (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
3130 if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
Dan Gohman186a6362009-08-12 16:04:34 +00003131 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
Chris Lattneraa9c1f12003-08-13 20:16:26 +00003132 return R;
3133
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00003134 // fold (xor (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (xor A, B))
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00003135 if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00003136 if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00003137 if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) { // same cast kind?
3138 const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
Chris Lattner42a75512007-01-15 02:27:26 +00003139 if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00003140 // Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be generated.
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00003141 ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00003142 I.getType()) &&
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00003143 ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00003144 I.getType())) {
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003145 Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateXor(Op0C->getOperand(0),
3146 Op1C->getOperand(0), I.getName());
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003147 return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
Reid Spencer5ae9ceb2006-12-13 08:27:15 +00003148 }
Chris Lattner6fc205f2006-05-05 06:39:07 +00003149 }
Chris Lattner99c65742007-10-24 05:38:08 +00003150 }
Nick Lewycky517e1f52008-05-31 19:01:33 +00003151
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003152 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003153}
3154
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003155
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00003156Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShl(BinaryOperator &I) {
3157 return commonShiftTransforms(I);
3158}
3159
3160Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLShr(BinaryOperator &I) {
3161 return commonShiftTransforms(I);
3162}
3163
3164Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAShr(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner348f6652007-12-06 01:59:46 +00003165 if (Instruction *R = commonShiftTransforms(I))
3166 return R;
3167
3168 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
3169
3170 // ashr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0)
3171 if (ConstantInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
3172 if (CSI->isAllOnesValue())
3173 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI);
Dan Gohman0001e562009-02-24 02:00:40 +00003174
Dan Gohmanc6ac3222009-06-16 19:55:29 +00003175 // See if we can turn a signed shr into an unsigned shr.
3176 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
3177 APInt::getSignBit(I.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits())))
3178 return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(Op0, I.getOperand(1));
3179
3180 // Arithmetic shifting an all-sign-bit value is a no-op.
3181 unsigned NumSignBits = ComputeNumSignBits(Op0);
3182 if (NumSignBits == Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits())
3183 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Dan Gohman0001e562009-02-24 02:00:40 +00003184
Chris Lattner348f6652007-12-06 01:59:46 +00003185 return 0;
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00003186}
3187
3188Instruction *InstCombiner::commonShiftTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
3189 assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == I.getOperand(0)->getType());
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003190 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003191
3192 // shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X
3193 // shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003194 if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Op1->getType()) ||
3195 Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()))
Chris Lattner233f7dc2002-08-12 21:17:25 +00003196 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner8d6bbdb2006-02-12 08:07:37 +00003197
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00003198 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) {
3199 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) // undef >>s X -> undef
Chris Lattner79a564c2004-10-16 23:28:04 +00003200 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00003201 else // undef << X -> 0, undef >>u X -> 0
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003202 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003203 }
3204 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00003205 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) // X >>s undef -> X
3206 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
3207 else // X << undef, X >>u undef -> 0
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003208 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003209 }
3210
Dan Gohman9004c8a2009-05-21 02:28:33 +00003211 // See if we can fold away this shift.
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00003212 if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
Dan Gohman9004c8a2009-05-21 02:28:33 +00003213 return &I;
3214
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003215 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3216 if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
3217 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00003218 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattner2eefe512004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003219 return R;
3220
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00003221 if (ConstantInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1))
Reid Spencerc5b206b2006-12-31 05:48:39 +00003222 if (Instruction *Res = FoldShiftByConstant(Op0, CUI, I))
3223 return Res;
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003224 return 0;
3225}
3226
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00003227Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldShiftByConstant(Value *Op0, ConstantInt *Op1,
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00003228 BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner4598c942009-01-31 08:24:16 +00003229 bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003230
Chris Lattner8d6bbdb2006-02-12 08:07:37 +00003231 // See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
3232 // purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
Dan Gohmanc6ac3222009-06-16 19:55:29 +00003233 uint32_t TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner8d6bbdb2006-02-12 08:07:37 +00003234
Dan Gohmana119de82009-06-14 23:30:43 +00003235 // shl i32 X, 32 = 0 and srl i8 Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate
3236 // a signed shift.
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003237 //
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +00003238 if (Op1->uge(TypeBits)) {
Chris Lattner0737c242007-02-02 05:29:55 +00003239 if (I.getOpcode() != Instruction::AShr)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003240 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003241 else {
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003242 I.setOperand(1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), TypeBits-1));
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003243 return &I;
Chris Lattner8adac752004-02-23 20:30:06 +00003244 }
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003245 }
3246
3247 // ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2))
3248 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3249 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift)
3250 if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003251 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(BO->getOperand(0),
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00003252 ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, Op1));
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003253
3254 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3255 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00003256 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI))
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003257 return R;
3258 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
3259 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
3260 return NV;
3261
Chris Lattner8999dd32007-12-22 09:07:47 +00003262 // Fold shift2(trunc(shift1(x,c1)), c2) -> trunc(shift2(shift1(x,c1),c2))
3263 if (TruncInst *TI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(Op0)) {
3264 Instruction *TrOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TI->getOperand(0));
3265 // If 'shift2' is an ashr, we would have to get the sign bit into a funny
3266 // place. Don't try to do this transformation in this case. Also, we
3267 // require that the input operand is a shift-by-constant so that we have
3268 // confidence that the shifts will get folded together. We could do this
3269 // xform in more cases, but it is unlikely to be profitable.
3270 if (TrOp && I.isLogicalShift() && TrOp->isShift() &&
3271 isa<ConstantInt>(TrOp->getOperand(1))) {
3272 // Okay, we'll do this xform. Make the shift of shift.
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00003273 Constant *ShAmt = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Op1, TrOp->getType());
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003274 // (shift2 (shift1 & 0x00FF), c2)
3275 Value *NSh = Builder->CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), TrOp, ShAmt,I.getName());
Chris Lattner8999dd32007-12-22 09:07:47 +00003276
3277 // For logical shifts, the truncation has the effect of making the high
3278 // part of the register be zeros. Emulate this by inserting an AND to
3279 // clear the top bits as needed. This 'and' will usually be zapped by
3280 // other xforms later if dead.
Dan Gohmanc6ac3222009-06-16 19:55:29 +00003281 unsigned SrcSize = TrOp->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
3282 unsigned DstSize = TI->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
Chris Lattner8999dd32007-12-22 09:07:47 +00003283 APInt MaskV(APInt::getLowBitsSet(SrcSize, DstSize));
3284
3285 // The mask we constructed says what the trunc would do if occurring
3286 // between the shifts. We want to know the effect *after* the second
3287 // shift. We know that it is a logical shift by a constant, so adjust the
3288 // mask as appropriate.
3289 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
3290 MaskV <<= Op1->getZExtValue();
3291 else {
3292 assert(I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr && "Unknown logical shift");
3293 MaskV = MaskV.lshr(Op1->getZExtValue());
3294 }
3295
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003296 // shift1 & 0x00FF
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003297 Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(NSh,
3298 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), MaskV),
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00003299 TI->getName());
Chris Lattner8999dd32007-12-22 09:07:47 +00003300
3301 // Return the value truncated to the interesting size.
3302 return new TruncInst(And, I.getType());
3303 }
3304 }
3305
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003306 if (Op0->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003307 if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
3308 // Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
3309 Value *V1, *V2;
3310 ConstantInt *CC;
3311 switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner11021cb2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003312 default: break;
3313 case Instruction::Add:
3314 case Instruction::And:
3315 case Instruction::Or:
Reid Spencera07cb7d2007-02-02 14:41:37 +00003316 case Instruction::Xor: {
Chris Lattner11021cb2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003317 // These operators commute.
3318 // Turn (Y + (X >> C)) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003319 if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse() &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00003320 match(Op0BO->getOperand(1), m_Shr(m_Value(V1),
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003321 m_Specific(Op1)))) {
3322 Value *YS = // (Y << C)
3323 Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1, Op0BO->getName());
3324 // (X + (Y << C))
3325 Value *X = Builder->CreateBinOp(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, V1,
3326 Op0BO->getOperand(1)->getName());
Zhou Sheng302748d2007-03-30 17:20:39 +00003327 uint32_t Op1Val = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003328 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),
Zhou Sheng90b96812007-03-30 05:45:18 +00003329 APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits-Op1Val)));
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003330 }
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003331
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003332 // Turn (Y + ((X >> C) & CC)) << C -> ((X & (CC << C)) + (Y << C))
Reid Spencera07cb7d2007-02-02 14:41:37 +00003333 Value *Op0BOOp1 = Op0BO->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner3c698492007-03-05 00:11:19 +00003334 if (isLeftShift && Op0BOOp1->hasOneUse() &&
Reid Spencera07cb7d2007-02-02 14:41:37 +00003335 match(Op0BOOp1,
Chris Lattnercb504b92008-11-16 05:38:51 +00003336 m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Specific(Op1)),
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003337 m_ConstantInt(CC))) &&
Chris Lattnercb504b92008-11-16 05:38:51 +00003338 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BOOp1)->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003339 Value *YS = // (Y << C)
3340 Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1,
3341 Op0BO->getName());
3342 // X & (CC << C)
3343 Value *XM = Builder->CreateAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, Op1),
3344 V1->getName()+".mask");
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003345 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, XM);
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003346 }
Reid Spencera07cb7d2007-02-02 14:41:37 +00003347 }
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003348
Reid Spencera07cb7d2007-02-02 14:41:37 +00003349 // FALL THROUGH.
3350 case Instruction::Sub: {
Chris Lattner11021cb2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003351 // Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003352 if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
Owen Andersonc7d2ce72009-07-10 17:35:01 +00003353 match(Op0BO->getOperand(0), m_Shr(m_Value(V1),
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003354 m_Specific(Op1)))) {
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003355 Value *YS = // (Y << C)
3356 Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(1), Op1, Op0BO->getName());
3357 // (X + (Y << C))
3358 Value *X = Builder->CreateBinOp(Op0BO->getOpcode(), V1, YS,
3359 Op0BO->getOperand(0)->getName());
Zhou Sheng302748d2007-03-30 17:20:39 +00003360 uint32_t Op1Val = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003361 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),
Zhou Sheng90b96812007-03-30 05:45:18 +00003362 APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits-Op1Val)));
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003363 }
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003364
Chris Lattner13d4ab42006-05-31 21:14:00 +00003365 // Turn (((X >> C)&CC) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (CC << C)
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003366 if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
3367 match(Op0BO->getOperand(0),
3368 m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)),
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00003369 m_ConstantInt(CC))) && V2 == Op1 &&
Chris Lattner9a4cacb2006-02-09 07:41:14 +00003370 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BO->getOperand(0))
3371 ->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003372 Value *YS = // (Y << C)
3373 Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(1), Op1, Op0BO->getName());
3374 // X & (CC << C)
3375 Value *XM = Builder->CreateAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, Op1),
3376 V1->getName()+".mask");
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003377
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003378 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), XM, YS);
Chris Lattner150f12a2005-09-18 06:30:59 +00003379 }
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003380
Chris Lattner11021cb2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003381 break;
Reid Spencera07cb7d2007-02-02 14:41:37 +00003382 }
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003383 }
3384
3385
3386 // If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the
3387 // shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift.
3388 if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) {
3389 bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor
3390 bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set?
3391
3392 switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003393 default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform!
Chris Lattner1f7e1602004-10-08 03:46:20 +00003394 case Instruction::Add:
3395 isValid = isLeftShift;
3396 break;
Chris Lattnerdf17af12003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003397 case Instruction::Or:
3398 case Instruction::Xor:
3399 highBitSet = false;
3400 break;
3401 case Instruction::And:
3402 highBitSet = true;
3403 break;
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003404 }
3405
3406 // If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified
3407 // by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation.
3408 // The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of
3409 // the constant which would cause it to be modified for this
3410 // operation.
3411 //
Chris Lattnerc95ba442007-12-06 06:25:04 +00003412 if (isValid && I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Zhou Shenge9e03f62007-03-28 15:02:20 +00003413 isValid = Op0C->getValue()[TypeBits-1] == highBitSet;
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003414
3415 if (isValid) {
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00003416 Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, Op1);
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003417
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003418 Value *NewShift =
3419 Builder->CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1);
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00003420 NewShift->takeName(Op0BO);
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003421
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003422 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift,
Chris Lattner4d5542c2006-01-06 07:12:35 +00003423 NewRHS);
3424 }
3425 }
3426 }
3427 }
3428
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003429 // Find out if this is a shift of a shift by a constant.
Reid Spencer832254e2007-02-02 02:16:23 +00003430 BinaryOperator *ShiftOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0);
3431 if (ShiftOp && !ShiftOp->isShift())
3432 ShiftOp = 0;
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003433
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00003434 if (ShiftOp && isa<ConstantInt>(ShiftOp->getOperand(1))) {
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00003435 ConstantInt *ShiftAmt1C = cast<ConstantInt>(ShiftOp->getOperand(1));
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +00003436 uint32_t ShiftAmt1 = ShiftAmt1C->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
3437 uint32_t ShiftAmt2 = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003438 assert(ShiftAmt2 != 0 && "Should have been simplified earlier");
3439 if (ShiftAmt1 == 0) return 0; // Will be simplified in the future.
3440 Value *X = ShiftOp->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003441
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +00003442 uint32_t AmtSum = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift.
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003443
3444 const IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(I.getType());
3445
3446 // Check for (X << c1) << c2 and (X >> c1) >> c2
Chris Lattner7f3da2d2007-02-03 23:28:07 +00003447 if (I.getOpcode() == ShiftOp->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner344c7c52009-03-20 22:41:15 +00003448 // If this is oversized composite shift, then unsigned shifts get 0, ashr
3449 // saturates.
3450 if (AmtSum >= TypeBits) {
3451 if (I.getOpcode() != Instruction::AShr)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003452 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner344c7c52009-03-20 22:41:15 +00003453 AmtSum = TypeBits-1; // Saturate to 31 for i32 ashr.
3454 }
3455
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00003456 return BinaryOperator::Create(I.getOpcode(), X,
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003457 ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum));
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003458 }
3459
3460 if (ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr &&
3461 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) {
Chris Lattner344c7c52009-03-20 22:41:15 +00003462 if (AmtSum >= TypeBits)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003463 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner344c7c52009-03-20 22:41:15 +00003464
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003465 // ((X >>u C1) >>s C2) -> (X >>u (C1+C2)) since C1 != 0.
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003466 return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum));
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003467 }
3468
3469 if (ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr &&
3470 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003471 // ((X >>s C1) >>u C2) -> ((X >>s (C1+C2)) & mask) since C1 != 0.
Chris Lattner344c7c52009-03-20 22:41:15 +00003472 if (AmtSum >= TypeBits)
3473 AmtSum = TypeBits-1;
3474
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003475 Value *Shift = Builder->CreateAShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003476
Zhou Shenge9e03f62007-03-28 15:02:20 +00003477 APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003478 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
3479 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), Mask));
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003480 }
3481
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003482 // Okay, if we get here, one shift must be left, and the other shift must be
3483 // right. See if the amounts are equal.
3484 if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2) {
3485 // If we have ((X >>? C) << C), turn this into X & (-1 << C).
3486 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
Reid Spencer55702aa2007-03-25 21:11:44 +00003487 APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt1));
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003488 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X,
3489 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003490 }
3491 // If we have ((X << C) >>u C), turn this into X & (-1 >>u C).
3492 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
Zhou Sheng3a507fd2007-04-01 17:13:37 +00003493 APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt1));
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003494 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X,
3495 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(), Mask));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003496 }
3497 // We can simplify ((X << C) >>s C) into a trunc + sext.
3498 // NOTE: we could do this for any C, but that would make 'unusual' integer
3499 // types. For now, just stick to ones well-supported by the code
3500 // generators.
3501 const Type *SExtType = 0;
3502 switch (Ty->getBitWidth() - ShiftAmt1) {
Zhou Shenge9e03f62007-03-28 15:02:20 +00003503 case 1 :
3504 case 8 :
3505 case 16 :
3506 case 32 :
3507 case 64 :
3508 case 128:
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003509 SExtType = IntegerType::get(I.getContext(),
3510 Ty->getBitWidth() - ShiftAmt1);
Zhou Shenge9e03f62007-03-28 15:02:20 +00003511 break;
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003512 default: break;
3513 }
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003514 if (SExtType)
3515 return new SExtInst(Builder->CreateTrunc(X, SExtType, "sext"), Ty);
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003516 // Otherwise, we can't handle it yet.
3517 } else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) {
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +00003518 uint32_t ShiftDiff = ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1;
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003519
Chris Lattnerb0b991a2007-02-05 05:57:49 +00003520 // (X >>? C1) << C2 --> X << (C2-C1) & (-1 << C2)
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003521 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
3522 assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr ||
3523 ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr);
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003524 Value *Shift = Builder->CreateShl(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
Chris Lattnere8d56c52006-01-07 01:32:28 +00003525
Reid Spencer55702aa2007-03-25 21:11:44 +00003526 APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003527 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003528 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask));
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003529 }
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003530
Chris Lattnerb0b991a2007-02-05 05:57:49 +00003531 // (X << C1) >>u C2 --> X >>u (C2-C1) & (-1 >> C2)
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003532 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
3533 assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl);
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003534 Value *Shift = Builder->CreateLShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003535
Reid Spencerd5e30f02007-03-26 17:18:58 +00003536 APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003537 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003538 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask));
Chris Lattner11021cb2005-09-18 05:12:10 +00003539 }
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003540
3541 // We can't handle (X << C1) >>s C2, it shifts arbitrary bits in.
3542 } else {
3543 assert(ShiftAmt2 < ShiftAmt1);
Zhou Sheng4351c642007-04-02 08:20:41 +00003544 uint32_t ShiftDiff = ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2;
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003545
Chris Lattnerb0b991a2007-02-05 05:57:49 +00003546 // (X >>? C1) << C2 --> X >>? (C1-C2) & (-1 << C2)
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003547 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
3548 assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr ||
3549 ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr);
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003550 Value *Shift = Builder->CreateBinOp(ShiftOp->getOpcode(), X,
3551 ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003552
Reid Spencer55702aa2007-03-25 21:11:44 +00003553 APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003554 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003555 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003556 }
3557
Chris Lattnerb0b991a2007-02-05 05:57:49 +00003558 // (X << C1) >>u C2 --> X << (C1-C2) & (-1 >> C2)
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003559 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
3560 assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl);
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00003561 Value *Shift = Builder->CreateShl(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003562
Reid Spencer68d27cf2007-03-26 23:45:51 +00003563 APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003564 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003565 ConstantInt::get(I.getContext(),Mask));
Chris Lattnerb87056f2007-02-05 00:57:54 +00003566 }
3567
3568 // We can't handle (X << C1) >>a C2, it shifts arbitrary bits in.
Chris Lattner6e7ba452005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003569 }
Chris Lattnerad0124c2006-01-06 07:52:12 +00003570 }
Chris Lattner3f5b8772002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003571 return 0;
3572}
3573
Chris Lattnera1be5662002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003574
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00003575
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003576/// FindElementAtOffset - Given a type and a constant offset, determine whether
3577/// or not there is a sequence of GEP indices into the type that will land us at
Chris Lattner3914f722009-01-24 01:00:13 +00003578/// the specified offset. If so, fill them into NewIndices and return the
3579/// resultant element type, otherwise return null.
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00003580const Type *InstCombiner::FindElementAtOffset(const Type *Ty, int64_t Offset,
3581 SmallVectorImpl<Value*> &NewIndices) {
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00003582 if (!TD) return 0;
Chris Lattner3914f722009-01-24 01:00:13 +00003583 if (!Ty->isSized()) return 0;
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003584
3585 // Start with the index over the outer type. Note that the type size
3586 // might be zero (even if the offset isn't zero) if the indexed type
3587 // is something like [0 x {int, int}]
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003588 const Type *IntPtrTy = TD->getIntPtrType(Ty->getContext());
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003589 int64_t FirstIdx = 0;
Duncan Sands777d2302009-05-09 07:06:46 +00003590 if (int64_t TySize = TD->getTypeAllocSize(Ty)) {
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003591 FirstIdx = Offset/TySize;
Chris Lattner31a69cb2009-01-11 20:41:36 +00003592 Offset -= FirstIdx*TySize;
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003593
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003594 // Handle hosts where % returns negative instead of values [0..TySize).
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003595 if (Offset < 0) {
3596 --FirstIdx;
3597 Offset += TySize;
3598 assert(Offset >= 0);
3599 }
3600 assert((uint64_t)Offset < (uint64_t)TySize && "Out of range offset");
3601 }
3602
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003603 NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, FirstIdx));
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003604
3605 // Index into the types. If we fail, set OrigBase to null.
3606 while (Offset) {
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003607 // Indexing into tail padding between struct/array elements.
3608 if (uint64_t(Offset*8) >= TD->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
Chris Lattner3914f722009-01-24 01:00:13 +00003609 return 0;
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003610
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003611 if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3612 const StructLayout *SL = TD->getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003613 assert(Offset < (int64_t)SL->getSizeInBytes() &&
3614 "Offset must stay within the indexed type");
3615
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003616 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(Offset);
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003617 NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(Ty->getContext()),
3618 Elt));
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003619
3620 Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
3621 Ty = STy->getElementType(Elt);
Chris Lattner1c412d92009-01-11 20:23:52 +00003622 } else if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
Duncan Sands777d2302009-05-09 07:06:46 +00003623 uint64_t EltSize = TD->getTypeAllocSize(AT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003624 assert(EltSize && "Cannot index into a zero-sized array");
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003625 NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy,Offset/EltSize));
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003626 Offset %= EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c412d92009-01-11 20:23:52 +00003627 Ty = AT->getElementType();
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003628 } else {
Chris Lattnerdbc3bc22009-01-11 20:15:20 +00003629 // Otherwise, we can't index into the middle of this atomic type, bail.
Chris Lattner3914f722009-01-24 01:00:13 +00003630 return 0;
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003631 }
3632 }
3633
Chris Lattner3914f722009-01-24 01:00:13 +00003634 return Ty;
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00003635}
3636
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00003637
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003638/// EnforceKnownAlignment - If the specified pointer points to an object that
3639/// we control, modify the object's alignment to PrefAlign. This isn't
3640/// often possible though. If alignment is important, a more reliable approach
3641/// is to simply align all global variables and allocation instructions to
3642/// their preferred alignment from the beginning.
3643///
3644static unsigned EnforceKnownAlignment(Value *V,
3645 unsigned Align, unsigned PrefAlign) {
Chris Lattnerf2369f22007-08-09 19:05:49 +00003646
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003647 User *U = dyn_cast<User>(V);
3648 if (!U) return Align;
3649
Dan Gohmanca178902009-07-17 20:47:02 +00003650 switch (Operator::getOpcode(U)) {
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003651 default: break;
3652 case Instruction::BitCast:
3653 return EnforceKnownAlignment(U->getOperand(0), Align, PrefAlign);
3654 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003655 // If all indexes are zero, it is just the alignment of the base pointer.
3656 bool AllZeroOperands = true;
Gabor Greif52ed3632008-06-12 21:51:29 +00003657 for (User::op_iterator i = U->op_begin() + 1, e = U->op_end(); i != e; ++i)
Gabor Greif177dd3f2008-06-12 21:37:33 +00003658 if (!isa<Constant>(*i) ||
3659 !cast<Constant>(*i)->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003660 AllZeroOperands = false;
3661 break;
3662 }
Chris Lattnerf2369f22007-08-09 19:05:49 +00003663
3664 if (AllZeroOperands) {
3665 // Treat this like a bitcast.
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003666 return EnforceKnownAlignment(U->getOperand(0), Align, PrefAlign);
Chris Lattnerf2369f22007-08-09 19:05:49 +00003667 }
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003668 break;
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003669 }
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003670 }
3671
3672 if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(V)) {
3673 // If there is a large requested alignment and we can, bump up the alignment
3674 // of the global.
3675 if (!GV->isDeclaration()) {
Dan Gohmanecd0fb52009-02-16 23:02:21 +00003676 if (GV->getAlignment() >= PrefAlign)
3677 Align = GV->getAlignment();
3678 else {
3679 GV->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
3680 Align = PrefAlign;
3681 }
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003682 }
Chris Lattner42ebefa2009-09-27 21:42:46 +00003683 } else if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(V)) {
3684 // If there is a requested alignment and if this is an alloca, round up.
3685 if (AI->getAlignment() >= PrefAlign)
3686 Align = AI->getAlignment();
3687 else {
3688 AI->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
3689 Align = PrefAlign;
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003690 }
3691 }
3692
3693 return Align;
3694}
3695
3696/// GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment - If the specified pointer has an alignment that
3697/// we can determine, return it, otherwise return 0. If PrefAlign is specified,
3698/// and it is more than the alignment of the ultimate object, see if we can
3699/// increase the alignment of the ultimate object, making this check succeed.
3700unsigned InstCombiner::GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(Value *V,
3701 unsigned PrefAlign) {
3702 unsigned BitWidth = TD ? TD->getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()) :
3703 sizeof(PrefAlign) * CHAR_BIT;
3704 APInt Mask = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth);
3705 APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
3706 ComputeMaskedBits(V, Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne);
3707 unsigned TrailZ = KnownZero.countTrailingOnes();
3708 unsigned Align = 1u << std::min(BitWidth - 1, TrailZ);
3709
3710 if (PrefAlign > Align)
3711 Align = EnforceKnownAlignment(V, Align, PrefAlign);
3712
3713 // We don't need to make any adjustment.
3714 return Align;
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003715}
3716
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003717Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemTransfer(MemIntrinsic *MI) {
Dan Gohmaneee962e2008-04-10 18:43:06 +00003718 unsigned DstAlign = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getOperand(1));
Dan Gohmanbc989d42009-02-22 18:06:32 +00003719 unsigned SrcAlign = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getOperand(2));
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003720 unsigned MinAlign = std::min(DstAlign, SrcAlign);
Chris Lattnerdfe964c2009-03-08 03:59:00 +00003721 unsigned CopyAlign = MI->getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003722
3723 if (CopyAlign < MinAlign) {
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003724 MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(MI->getAlignmentType(),
Owen Andersona547b472009-07-09 18:36:20 +00003725 MinAlign, false));
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003726 return MI;
3727 }
3728
3729 // If MemCpyInst length is 1/2/4/8 bytes then replace memcpy with
3730 // load/store.
3731 ConstantInt *MemOpLength = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getOperand(3));
3732 if (MemOpLength == 0) return 0;
3733
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003734 // Source and destination pointer types are always "i8*" for intrinsic. See
3735 // if the size is something we can handle with a single primitive load/store.
3736 // A single load+store correctly handles overlapping memory in the memmove
3737 // case.
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003738 unsigned Size = MemOpLength->getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003739 if (Size == 0) return MI; // Delete this mem transfer.
3740
3741 if (Size > 8 || (Size&(Size-1)))
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003742 return 0; // If not 1/2/4/8 bytes, exit.
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003743
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003744 // Use an integer load+store unless we can find something better.
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00003745 Type *NewPtrTy =
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003746 PointerType::getUnqual(IntegerType::get(MI->getContext(), Size<<3));
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003747
3748 // Memcpy forces the use of i8* for the source and destination. That means
3749 // that if you're using memcpy to move one double around, you'll get a cast
3750 // from double* to i8*. We'd much rather use a double load+store rather than
3751 // an i64 load+store, here because this improves the odds that the source or
3752 // dest address will be promotable. See if we can find a better type than the
3753 // integer datatype.
3754 if (Value *Op = getBitCastOperand(MI->getOperand(1))) {
3755 const Type *SrcETy = cast<PointerType>(Op->getType())->getElementType();
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00003756 if (TD && SrcETy->isSized() && TD->getTypeStoreSize(SrcETy) == Size) {
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003757 // The SrcETy might be something like {{{double}}} or [1 x double]. Rip
3758 // down through these levels if so.
Dan Gohman8f8e2692008-05-23 01:52:21 +00003759 while (!SrcETy->isSingleValueType()) {
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003760 if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(SrcETy)) {
3761 if (STy->getNumElements() == 1)
3762 SrcETy = STy->getElementType(0);
3763 else
3764 break;
3765 } else if (const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcETy)) {
3766 if (ATy->getNumElements() == 1)
3767 SrcETy = ATy->getElementType();
3768 else
3769 break;
3770 } else
3771 break;
3772 }
3773
Dan Gohman8f8e2692008-05-23 01:52:21 +00003774 if (SrcETy->isSingleValueType())
Owen Andersondebcb012009-07-29 22:17:13 +00003775 NewPtrTy = PointerType::getUnqual(SrcETy);
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003776 }
3777 }
3778
3779
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003780 // If the memcpy/memmove provides better alignment info than we can
3781 // infer, use it.
3782 SrcAlign = std::max(SrcAlign, CopyAlign);
3783 DstAlign = std::max(DstAlign, CopyAlign);
3784
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +00003785 Value *Src = Builder->CreateBitCast(MI->getOperand(2), NewPtrTy);
3786 Value *Dest = Builder->CreateBitCast(MI->getOperand(1), NewPtrTy);
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003787 Instruction *L = new LoadInst(Src, "tmp", false, SrcAlign);
3788 InsertNewInstBefore(L, *MI);
3789 InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(L, Dest, false, DstAlign), *MI);
3790
3791 // Set the size of the copy to 0, it will be deleted on the next iteration.
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003792 MI->setOperand(3, Constant::getNullValue(MemOpLength->getType()));
Chris Lattner37ac6082008-01-14 00:28:35 +00003793 return MI;
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003794}
Chris Lattner3d69f462004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003795
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003796Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemSet(MemSetInst *MI) {
3797 unsigned Alignment = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getDest());
Chris Lattnerdfe964c2009-03-08 03:59:00 +00003798 if (MI->getAlignment() < Alignment) {
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003799 MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(MI->getAlignmentType(),
Owen Andersona547b472009-07-09 18:36:20 +00003800 Alignment, false));
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003801 return MI;
3802 }
3803
3804 // Extract the length and alignment and fill if they are constant.
3805 ConstantInt *LenC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength());
3806 ConstantInt *FillC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getValue());
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003807 if (!LenC || !FillC || FillC->getType() != Type::getInt8Ty(MI->getContext()))
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003808 return 0;
3809 uint64_t Len = LenC->getZExtValue();
Chris Lattnerdfe964c2009-03-08 03:59:00 +00003810 Alignment = MI->getAlignment();
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003811
3812 // If the length is zero, this is a no-op
3813 if (Len == 0) return MI; // memset(d,c,0,a) -> noop
3814
3815 // memset(s,c,n) -> store s, c (for n=1,2,4,8)
3816 if (Len <= 8 && isPowerOf2_32((uint32_t)Len)) {
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003817 const Type *ITy = IntegerType::get(MI->getContext(), Len*8); // n=1 -> i8.
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003818
3819 Value *Dest = MI->getDest();
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +00003820 Dest = Builder->CreateBitCast(Dest, PointerType::getUnqual(ITy));
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003821
3822 // Alignment 0 is identity for alignment 1 for memset, but not store.
3823 if (Alignment == 0) Alignment = 1;
3824
3825 // Extract the fill value and store.
3826 uint64_t Fill = FillC->getZExtValue()*0x0101010101010101ULL;
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00003827 InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(ConstantInt::get(ITy, Fill),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00003828 Dest, false, Alignment), *MI);
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003829
3830 // Set the size of the copy to 0, it will be deleted on the next iteration.
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00003831 MI->setLength(Constant::getNullValue(LenC->getType()));
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003832 return MI;
3833 }
3834
3835 return 0;
3836}
3837
3838
Chris Lattner8b0ea312006-01-13 20:11:04 +00003839/// visitCallInst - CallInst simplification. This mostly only handles folding
3840/// of intrinsic instructions. For normal calls, it allows visitCallSite to do
3841/// the heavy lifting.
3842///
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003843Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) {
Victor Hernandez66284e02009-10-24 04:23:03 +00003844 if (isFreeCall(&CI))
3845 return visitFree(CI);
3846
Chris Lattneraab6ec42009-05-13 17:39:14 +00003847 // If the caller function is nounwind, mark the call as nounwind, even if the
3848 // callee isn't.
3849 if (CI.getParent()->getParent()->doesNotThrow() &&
3850 !CI.doesNotThrow()) {
3851 CI.setDoesNotThrow();
3852 return &CI;
3853 }
3854
Chris Lattner8b0ea312006-01-13 20:11:04 +00003855 IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(&CI);
3856 if (!II) return visitCallSite(&CI);
3857
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003858 // Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in
3859 // visitCallSite.
Chris Lattner8b0ea312006-01-13 20:11:04 +00003860 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(II)) {
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003861 bool Changed = false;
3862
3863 // memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop.
3864 if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) {
3865 if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
3866
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003867 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes))
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00003868 if (CI->getZExtValue() == 1) {
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003869 // Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would
3870 // transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if
3871 // alignment is sufficient.
3872 }
Chris Lattner7bcc0e72004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003873 }
3874
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003875 // If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global,
3876 // then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this
3877 // into a call to memcpy.
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003878 if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(MI)) {
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003879 if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource()))
3880 if (GVSrc->isConstant()) {
3881 Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00003882 Intrinsic::ID MemCpyID = Intrinsic::memcpy;
3883 const Type *Tys[1];
3884 Tys[0] = CI.getOperand(3)->getType();
3885 CI.setOperand(0,
3886 Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, MemCpyID, Tys, 1));
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003887 Changed = true;
3888 }
Eli Friedman0c826d92009-12-17 21:07:31 +00003889 }
Chris Lattnera935db82008-05-28 05:30:41 +00003890
Eli Friedman0c826d92009-12-17 21:07:31 +00003891 if (MemTransferInst *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(MI)) {
Chris Lattnera935db82008-05-28 05:30:41 +00003892 // memmove(x,x,size) -> noop.
Eli Friedman0c826d92009-12-17 21:07:31 +00003893 if (MTI->getSource() == MTI->getDest())
Chris Lattnera935db82008-05-28 05:30:41 +00003894 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003895 }
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003896
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003897 // If we can determine a pointer alignment that is bigger than currently
3898 // set, update the alignment.
Chris Lattner3ce5e882009-03-08 03:37:16 +00003899 if (isa<MemTransferInst>(MI)) {
Chris Lattnerf497b022008-01-13 23:50:23 +00003900 if (Instruction *I = SimplifyMemTransfer(MI))
3901 return I;
Chris Lattner69ea9d22008-04-30 06:39:11 +00003902 } else if (MemSetInst *MSI = dyn_cast<MemSetInst>(MI)) {
3903 if (Instruction *I = SimplifyMemSet(MSI))
3904 return I;
Chris Lattner95a959d2006-03-06 20:18:44 +00003905 }
3906
Chris Lattner8b0ea312006-01-13 20:11:04 +00003907 if (Changed) return II;
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00003908 }
3909
3910 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
3911 default: break;
3912 case Intrinsic::bswap:
3913 // bswap(bswap(x)) -> x
3914 if (IntrinsicInst *Operand = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(II->getOperand(1)))
3915 if (Operand->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::bswap)
3916 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Operand->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnere33d4132010-01-01 18:34:40 +00003917
3918 // bswap(trunc(bswap(x))) -> trunc(lshr(x, c))
3919 if (TruncInst *TI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(II->getOperand(1))) {
3920 if (IntrinsicInst *Operand = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(TI->getOperand(0)))
3921 if (Operand->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::bswap) {
3922 unsigned C = Operand->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() -
3923 TI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
3924 Value *CV = ConstantInt::get(Operand->getType(), C);
3925 Value *V = Builder->CreateLShr(Operand->getOperand(1), CV);
3926 return new TruncInst(V, TI->getType());
3927 }
3928 }
3929
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00003930 break;
Chris Lattnerd27f9112010-01-01 01:52:15 +00003931 case Intrinsic::powi:
3932 if (ConstantInt *Power = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) {
3933 // powi(x, 0) -> 1.0
3934 if (Power->isZero())
3935 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, ConstantFP::get(CI.getType(), 1.0));
3936 // powi(x, 1) -> x
3937 if (Power->isOne())
3938 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, II->getOperand(1));
3939 // powi(x, -1) -> 1/x
Chris Lattnerf9ead872010-01-01 01:54:08 +00003940 if (Power->isAllOnesValue())
3941 return BinaryOperator::CreateFDiv(ConstantFP::get(CI.getType(), 1.0),
3942 II->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerd27f9112010-01-01 01:52:15 +00003943 }
3944 break;
3945
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003946 case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow: {
3947 Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
3948 const IntegerType *IT = cast<IntegerType>(II->getOperand(1)->getType());
3949 uint32_t BitWidth = IT->getBitWidth();
3950 APInt Mask = APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth);
Chris Lattner998e25a2009-11-26 22:08:06 +00003951 APInt LHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0);
3952 APInt LHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003953 ComputeMaskedBits(LHS, Mask, LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne);
3954 bool LHSKnownNegative = LHSKnownOne[BitWidth - 1];
3955 bool LHSKnownPositive = LHSKnownZero[BitWidth - 1];
3956
3957 if (LHSKnownNegative || LHSKnownPositive) {
Chris Lattner998e25a2009-11-26 22:08:06 +00003958 APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0);
3959 APInt RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003960 ComputeMaskedBits(RHS, Mask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne);
3961 bool RHSKnownNegative = RHSKnownOne[BitWidth - 1];
3962 bool RHSKnownPositive = RHSKnownZero[BitWidth - 1];
3963 if (LHSKnownNegative && RHSKnownNegative) {
3964 // The sign bit is set in both cases: this MUST overflow.
3965 // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct.
3966 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHS, RHS, "", &CI);
3967 Worklist.Add(Add);
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00003968 Constant *V[] = {
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003969 UndefValue::get(LHS->getType()),ConstantInt::getTrue(II->getContext())
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00003970 };
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003971 Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003972 return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, Add, 0);
3973 }
3974
3975 if (LHSKnownPositive && RHSKnownPositive) {
3976 // The sign bit is clear in both cases: this CANNOT overflow.
3977 // Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct.
3978 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::CreateNUWAdd(LHS, RHS, "", &CI);
3979 Worklist.Add(Add);
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00003980 Constant *V[] = {
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003981 UndefValue::get(LHS->getType()),
3982 ConstantInt::getFalse(II->getContext())
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00003983 };
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00003984 Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00003985 return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, Add, 0);
3986 }
3987 }
3988 }
3989 // FALL THROUGH uadd into sadd
3990 case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow:
3991 // Canonicalize constants into the RHS.
3992 if (isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(1)) &&
3993 !isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(2))) {
3994 Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1);
3995 II->setOperand(1, II->getOperand(2));
3996 II->setOperand(2, LHS);
3997 return II;
3998 }
3999
4000 // X + undef -> undef
4001 if (isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(2)))
4002 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
4003
4004 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) {
4005 // X + 0 -> {X, false}
4006 if (RHS->isZero()) {
4007 Constant *V[] = {
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00004008 UndefValue::get(II->getOperand(0)->getType()),
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004009 ConstantInt::getFalse(II->getContext())
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00004010 };
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004011 Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00004012 return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, II->getOperand(1), 0);
4013 }
4014 }
4015 break;
4016 case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow:
4017 case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow:
4018 // undef - X -> undef
4019 // X - undef -> undef
4020 if (isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(1)) ||
4021 isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(2)))
4022 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
4023
4024 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) {
4025 // X - 0 -> {X, false}
4026 if (RHS->isZero()) {
4027 Constant *V[] = {
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00004028 UndefValue::get(II->getOperand(1)->getType()),
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004029 ConstantInt::getFalse(II->getContext())
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00004030 };
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004031 Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00004032 return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, II->getOperand(1), 0);
4033 }
4034 }
4035 break;
4036 case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow:
4037 case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow:
4038 // Canonicalize constants into the RHS.
4039 if (isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(1)) &&
4040 !isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(2))) {
4041 Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1);
4042 II->setOperand(1, II->getOperand(2));
4043 II->setOperand(2, LHS);
4044 return II;
4045 }
4046
4047 // X * undef -> undef
4048 if (isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(2)))
4049 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
4050
4051 if (ConstantInt *RHSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) {
4052 // X*0 -> {0, false}
4053 if (RHSI->isZero())
4054 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Constant::getNullValue(II->getType()));
4055
4056 // X * 1 -> {X, false}
4057 if (RHSI->equalsInt(1)) {
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00004058 Constant *V[] = {
4059 UndefValue::get(II->getOperand(1)->getType()),
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004060 ConstantInt::getFalse(II->getContext())
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00004061 };
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004062 Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(II->getContext(), V, 2, false);
Chris Lattnercd188e92009-11-29 02:57:29 +00004063 return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, II->getOperand(1), 0);
Chris Lattner2bbac752009-11-26 21:42:47 +00004064 }
4065 }
4066 break;
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004067 case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_lvx:
4068 case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_lvxl:
4069 case Intrinsic::x86_sse_loadu_ps:
4070 case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_loadu_pd:
4071 case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_loadu_dq:
4072 // Turn PPC lvx -> load if the pointer is known aligned.
4073 // Turn X86 loadups -> load if the pointer is known aligned.
4074 if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(1), 16) >= 16) {
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +00004075 Value *Ptr = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(1),
4076 PointerType::getUnqual(II->getType()));
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004077 return new LoadInst(Ptr);
Chris Lattner867b99f2006-10-05 06:55:50 +00004078 }
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004079 break;
4080 case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_stvx:
4081 case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_stvxl:
4082 // Turn stvx -> store if the pointer is known aligned.
4083 if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(2), 16) >= 16) {
4084 const Type *OpPtrTy =
Owen Andersondebcb012009-07-29 22:17:13 +00004085 PointerType::getUnqual(II->getOperand(1)->getType());
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +00004086 Value *Ptr = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(2), OpPtrTy);
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004087 return new StoreInst(II->getOperand(1), Ptr);
4088 }
4089 break;
4090 case Intrinsic::x86_sse_storeu_ps:
4091 case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_storeu_pd:
4092 case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_storeu_dq:
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004093 // Turn X86 storeu -> store if the pointer is known aligned.
4094 if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(1), 16) >= 16) {
4095 const Type *OpPtrTy =
Owen Andersondebcb012009-07-29 22:17:13 +00004096 PointerType::getUnqual(II->getOperand(2)->getType());
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +00004097 Value *Ptr = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(1), OpPtrTy);
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004098 return new StoreInst(II->getOperand(2), Ptr);
4099 }
4100 break;
4101
4102 case Intrinsic::x86_sse_cvttss2si: {
4103 // These intrinsics only demands the 0th element of its input vector. If
4104 // we can simplify the input based on that, do so now.
Evan Cheng388df622009-02-03 10:05:09 +00004105 unsigned VWidth =
4106 cast<VectorType>(II->getOperand(1)->getType())->getNumElements();
4107 APInt DemandedElts(VWidth, 1);
4108 APInt UndefElts(VWidth, 0);
4109 if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(II->getOperand(1), DemandedElts,
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004110 UndefElts)) {
4111 II->setOperand(1, V);
4112 return II;
4113 }
4114 break;
4115 }
4116
4117 case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vperm:
4118 // Turn vperm(V1,V2,mask) -> shuffle(V1,V2,mask) if mask is a constant.
4119 if (ConstantVector *Mask = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(II->getOperand(3))) {
4120 assert(Mask->getNumOperands() == 16 && "Bad type for intrinsic!");
Chris Lattner867b99f2006-10-05 06:55:50 +00004121
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004122 // Check that all of the elements are integer constants or undefs.
4123 bool AllEltsOk = true;
4124 for (unsigned i = 0; i != 16; ++i) {
4125 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Mask->getOperand(i)) &&
4126 !isa<UndefValue>(Mask->getOperand(i))) {
4127 AllEltsOk = false;
4128 break;
4129 }
4130 }
4131
4132 if (AllEltsOk) {
4133 // Cast the input vectors to byte vectors.
Chris Lattner08142f22009-08-30 19:47:22 +00004134 Value *Op0 = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(1), Mask->getType());
4135 Value *Op1 = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(2), Mask->getType());
Owen Anderson9e9a0d52009-07-30 23:03:37 +00004136 Value *Result = UndefValue::get(Op0->getType());
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004137
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004138 // Only extract each element once.
4139 Value *ExtractedElts[32];
4140 memset(ExtractedElts, 0, sizeof(ExtractedElts));
4141
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004142 for (unsigned i = 0; i != 16; ++i) {
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004143 if (isa<UndefValue>(Mask->getOperand(i)))
4144 continue;
4145 unsigned Idx=cast<ConstantInt>(Mask->getOperand(i))->getZExtValue();
4146 Idx &= 31; // Match the hardware behavior.
4147
4148 if (ExtractedElts[Idx] == 0) {
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004149 ExtractedElts[Idx] =
4150 Builder->CreateExtractElement(Idx < 16 ? Op0 : Op1,
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004151 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(II->getContext()),
4152 Idx&15, false), "tmp");
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004153 }
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004154
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004155 // Insert this value into the result vector.
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004156 Result = Builder->CreateInsertElement(Result, ExtractedElts[Idx],
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004157 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(II->getContext()),
4158 i, false), "tmp");
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004159 }
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004160 return CastInst::Create(Instruction::BitCast, Result, CI.getType());
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004161 }
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004162 }
4163 break;
Chris Lattnere2ed0572006-04-06 19:19:17 +00004164
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004165 case Intrinsic::stackrestore: {
4166 // If the save is right next to the restore, remove the restore. This can
4167 // happen when variable allocas are DCE'd.
4168 if (IntrinsicInst *SS = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(II->getOperand(1))) {
4169 if (SS->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::stacksave) {
4170 BasicBlock::iterator BI = SS;
4171 if (&*++BI == II)
4172 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
Chris Lattnera728ddc2006-01-13 21:28:09 +00004173 }
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004174 }
4175
4176 // Scan down this block to see if there is another stack restore in the
4177 // same block without an intervening call/alloca.
4178 BasicBlock::iterator BI = II;
4179 TerminatorInst *TI = II->getParent()->getTerminator();
4180 bool CannotRemove = false;
4181 for (++BI; &*BI != TI; ++BI) {
Victor Hernandez83d63912009-09-18 22:35:49 +00004182 if (isa<AllocaInst>(BI) || isMalloc(BI)) {
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004183 CannotRemove = true;
4184 break;
4185 }
Chris Lattneraa0bf522008-06-25 05:59:28 +00004186 if (CallInst *BCI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(BI)) {
4187 if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(BCI)) {
4188 // If there is a stackrestore below this one, remove this one.
4189 if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::stackrestore)
4190 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
4191 // Otherwise, ignore the intrinsic.
4192 } else {
4193 // If we found a non-intrinsic call, we can't remove the stack
4194 // restore.
Chris Lattnerbf1d8a72008-02-18 06:12:38 +00004195 CannotRemove = true;
4196 break;
4197 }
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004198 }
Chris Lattnera728ddc2006-01-13 21:28:09 +00004199 }
Chris Lattner0521e3c2008-06-18 04:33:20 +00004200
4201 // If the stack restore is in a return/unwind block and if there are no
4202 // allocas or calls between the restore and the return, nuke the restore.
4203 if (!CannotRemove && (isa<ReturnInst>(TI) || isa<UnwindInst>(TI)))
4204 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
4205 break;
4206 }
Chris Lattner35b9e482004-10-12 04:52:52 +00004207 }
4208
Chris Lattner8b0ea312006-01-13 20:11:04 +00004209 return visitCallSite(II);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004210}
4211
4212// InvokeInst simplification
4213//
4214Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) {
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004215 return visitCallSite(&II);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004216}
4217
Dale Johannesenda30ccb2008-04-25 21:16:07 +00004218/// isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast - If this cast does not affect the value
4219/// passed through the varargs area, we can eliminate the use of the cast.
Dale Johannesen1f530a52008-04-23 18:34:37 +00004220static bool isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast(const CallSite CS,
4221 const CastInst * const CI,
4222 const TargetData * const TD,
4223 const int ix) {
4224 if (!CI->isLosslessCast())
4225 return false;
4226
4227 // The size of ByVal arguments is derived from the type, so we
4228 // can't change to a type with a different size. If the size were
4229 // passed explicitly we could avoid this check.
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004230 if (!CS.paramHasAttr(ix, Attribute::ByVal))
Dale Johannesen1f530a52008-04-23 18:34:37 +00004231 return true;
4232
4233 const Type* SrcTy =
4234 cast<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
4235 const Type* DstTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
4236 if (!SrcTy->isSized() || !DstTy->isSized())
4237 return false;
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00004238 if (!TD || TD->getTypeAllocSize(SrcTy) != TD->getTypeAllocSize(DstTy))
Dale Johannesen1f530a52008-04-23 18:34:37 +00004239 return false;
4240 return true;
4241}
4242
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004243// visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions.
4244//
4245Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004246 bool Changed = false;
4247
4248 // If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast
4249 // to the arguments of the call/invoke.
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004250 if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0;
4251
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004252 Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004253
Chris Lattner08b22ec2005-05-13 07:09:09 +00004254 if (Function *CalleeF = dyn_cast<Function>(Callee))
4255 if (CalleeF->getCallingConv() != CS.getCallingConv()) {
4256 Instruction *OldCall = CS.getInstruction();
4257 // If the call and callee calling conventions don't match, this call must
4258 // be unreachable, as the call is undefined.
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004259 new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(Callee->getContext()),
4260 UndefValue::get(Type::getInt1PtrTy(Callee->getContext())),
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00004261 OldCall);
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00004262 // If OldCall dues not return void then replaceAllUsesWith undef.
4263 // This allows ValueHandlers and custom metadata to adjust itself.
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00004264 if (!OldCall->getType()->isVoidTy())
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00004265 OldCall->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(OldCall->getType()));
Chris Lattner08b22ec2005-05-13 07:09:09 +00004266 if (isa<CallInst>(OldCall)) // Not worth removing an invoke here.
4267 return EraseInstFromFunction(*OldCall);
4268 return 0;
4269 }
4270
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004271 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) {
4272 // This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to
4273 // undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact
4274 // that we can't modify the CFG here.
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004275 new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(Callee->getContext()),
4276 UndefValue::get(Type::getInt1PtrTy(Callee->getContext())),
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004277 CS.getInstruction());
4278
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00004279 // If CS dues not return void then replaceAllUsesWith undef.
4280 // This allows ValueHandlers and custom metadata to adjust itself.
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00004281 if (!CS.getInstruction()->getType()->isVoidTy())
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00004282 CS.getInstruction()->
4283 replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType()));
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004284
4285 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
4286 // Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch.
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +00004287 BranchInst::Create(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004288 ConstantInt::getTrue(Callee->getContext()), II);
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004289 }
Chris Lattner17be6352004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004290 return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction());
4291 }
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004292
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004293 if (BitCastInst *BC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Callee))
4294 if (IntrinsicInst *In = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(BC->getOperand(0)))
4295 if (In->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::init_trampoline)
4296 return transformCallThroughTrampoline(CS);
4297
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004298 const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
4299 const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
4300 if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
Dale Johannesen63e7eb42008-04-23 01:03:05 +00004301 int ix = FTy->getNumParams() + (isa<InvokeInst>(Callee) ? 3 : 1);
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004302 // See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of
4303 // the call.
4304 for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(),
Dale Johannesen1f530a52008-04-23 18:34:37 +00004305 E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I, ++ix) {
4306 CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I);
4307 if (CI && isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast(CS, CI, TD, ix)) {
4308 *I = CI->getOperand(0);
4309 Changed = true;
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004310 }
Dale Johannesen1f530a52008-04-23 18:34:37 +00004311 }
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004312 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004313
Duncan Sandsf0c33542007-12-19 21:13:37 +00004314 if (isa<InlineAsm>(Callee) && !CS.doesNotThrow()) {
Duncan Sandsece2c042007-12-16 15:51:49 +00004315 // Inline asm calls cannot throw - mark them 'nounwind'.
Duncan Sandsf0c33542007-12-19 21:13:37 +00004316 CS.setDoesNotThrow();
Duncan Sandsece2c042007-12-16 15:51:49 +00004317 Changed = true;
4318 }
4319
Chris Lattner6c266db2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00004320 return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0;
Chris Lattnera44d8a22003-10-07 22:32:43 +00004321}
4322
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004323// transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function,
4324// attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke.
4325//
4326bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) {
4327 if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false;
4328 ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue());
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00004329 if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::BitCast ||
4330 !isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004331 return false;
Reid Spencer8863f182004-07-18 00:38:32 +00004332 Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004333 Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004334 const AttrListPtr &CallerPAL = CS.getAttributes();
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004335
4336 // Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so
4337 // would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to
4338 // be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types.
4339 //
4340 const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType();
4341 const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType();
Duncan Sandsf413cdf2008-06-01 07:38:42 +00004342 const Type *NewRetTy = FT->getReturnType();
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004343
Duncan Sandsf413cdf2008-06-01 07:38:42 +00004344 if (isa<StructType>(NewRetTy))
Devang Patel75e6f022008-03-11 18:04:06 +00004345 return false; // TODO: Handle multiple return values.
4346
Chris Lattnerf78616b2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004347 // Check to see if we are changing the return type...
Duncan Sandsf413cdf2008-06-01 07:38:42 +00004348 if (OldRetTy != NewRetTy) {
Bill Wendlinga6c31122008-05-14 22:45:20 +00004349 if (Callee->isDeclaration() &&
Duncan Sandsf413cdf2008-06-01 07:38:42 +00004350 // Conversion is ok if changing from one pointer type to another or from
4351 // a pointer to an integer of the same size.
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00004352 !((isa<PointerType>(OldRetTy) || !TD ||
Owen Anderson1d0be152009-08-13 21:58:54 +00004353 OldRetTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext())) &&
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00004354 (isa<PointerType>(NewRetTy) || !TD ||
Owen Anderson1d0be152009-08-13 21:58:54 +00004355 NewRetTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext()))))
Chris Lattnerec479922007-01-06 02:09:32 +00004356 return false; // Cannot transform this return value.
Chris Lattnerf78616b2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004357
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004358 if (!Caller->use_empty() &&
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004359 // void -> non-void is handled specially
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00004360 !NewRetTy->isVoidTy() && !CastInst::isCastable(NewRetTy, OldRetTy))
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004361 return false; // Cannot transform this return value.
4362
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004363 if (!CallerPAL.isEmpty() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004364 Attributes RAttrs = CallerPAL.getRetAttributes();
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004365 if (RAttrs & Attribute::typeIncompatible(NewRetTy))
Duncan Sands6c3470e2008-01-07 17:16:06 +00004366 return false; // Attribute not compatible with transformed value.
4367 }
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004368
Chris Lattnerf78616b2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004369 // If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by
4370 // a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call
4371 // because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking
4372 // the critical edge). Bail out in this case.
4373 if (!Caller->use_empty())
4374 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller))
4375 for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end();
4376 UI != E; ++UI)
4377 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI))
4378 if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() ||
Chris Lattneraeb2a1d2004-02-08 21:44:31 +00004379 PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest())
Chris Lattnerf78616b2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004380 return false;
4381 }
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004382
4383 unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin());
4384 unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004385
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004386 CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin();
4387 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) {
4388 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
Andrew Lenharthb8e604c2006-06-28 01:01:52 +00004389 const Type *ActTy = (*AI)->getType();
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004390
4391 if (!CastInst::isCastable(ActTy, ParamTy))
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004392 return false; // Cannot transform this parameter value.
4393
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004394 if (CallerPAL.getParamAttributes(i + 1)
4395 & Attribute::typeIncompatible(ParamTy))
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004396 return false; // Attribute not compatible with transformed value.
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004397
Duncan Sandsf413cdf2008-06-01 07:38:42 +00004398 // Converting from one pointer type to another or between a pointer and an
4399 // integer of the same size is safe even if we do not have a body.
Chris Lattnerec479922007-01-06 02:09:32 +00004400 bool isConvertible = ActTy == ParamTy ||
Owen Anderson1d0be152009-08-13 21:58:54 +00004401 (TD && ((isa<PointerType>(ParamTy) ||
4402 ParamTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext())) &&
4403 (isa<PointerType>(ActTy) ||
4404 ActTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext()))));
Reid Spencer5cbf9852007-01-30 20:08:39 +00004405 if (Callee->isDeclaration() && !isConvertible) return false;
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004406 }
4407
4408 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() &&
Reid Spencer5cbf9852007-01-30 20:08:39 +00004409 Callee->isDeclaration())
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004410 return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body.
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004411
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004412 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && FT->isVarArg() &&
4413 !CallerPAL.isEmpty())
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004414 // In this case we have more arguments than the new function type, but we
Duncan Sandse1e520f2008-01-13 08:02:44 +00004415 // won't be dropping them. Check that these extra arguments have attributes
4416 // that are compatible with being a vararg call argument.
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004417 for (unsigned i = CallerPAL.getNumSlots(); i; --i) {
4418 if (CallerPAL.getSlot(i - 1).Index <= FT->getNumParams())
Duncan Sandse1e520f2008-01-13 08:02:44 +00004419 break;
Devang Pateleaf42ab2008-09-23 23:03:40 +00004420 Attributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getSlot(i - 1).Attrs;
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004421 if (PAttrs & Attribute::VarArgsIncompatible)
Duncan Sandse1e520f2008-01-13 08:02:44 +00004422 return false;
4423 }
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004424
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004425 // Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start
4426 // inserting cast instructions as necessary...
4427 std::vector<Value*> Args;
4428 Args.reserve(NumActualArgs);
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004429 SmallVector<AttributeWithIndex, 8> attrVec;
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004430 attrVec.reserve(NumCommonArgs);
4431
4432 // Get any return attributes.
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004433 Attributes RAttrs = CallerPAL.getRetAttributes();
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004434
4435 // If the return value is not being used, the type may not be compatible
4436 // with the existing attributes. Wipe out any problematic attributes.
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004437 RAttrs &= ~Attribute::typeIncompatible(NewRetTy);
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004438
4439 // Add the new return attributes.
4440 if (RAttrs)
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004441 attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(0, RAttrs));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004442
4443 AI = CS.arg_begin();
4444 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4445 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
4446 if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) {
4447 Args.push_back(*AI);
4448 } else {
Reid Spencer8a903db2006-12-18 08:47:13 +00004449 Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(*AI,
Reid Spencerc5b206b2006-12-31 05:48:39 +00004450 false, ParamTy, false);
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004451 Args.push_back(Builder->CreateCast(opcode, *AI, ParamTy, "tmp"));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004452 }
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004453
4454 // Add any parameter attributes.
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004455 if (Attributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getParamAttributes(i + 1))
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004456 attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(i + 1, PAttrs));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004457 }
4458
4459 // If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004460 // now.
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004461 for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i)
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00004462 Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i)));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004463
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004464 // If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning.
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00004465 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs) {
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004466 if (!FT->isVarArg()) {
Daniel Dunbarce63ffb2009-07-25 00:23:56 +00004467 errs() << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '"
4468 << Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n";
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004469 } else {
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004470 // Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list.
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004471 for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4472 const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType());
4473 if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) {
4474 // Must promote to pass through va_arg area!
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004475 Instruction::CastOps opcode =
4476 CastInst::getCastOpcode(*AI, false, PTy, false);
4477 Args.push_back(Builder->CreateCast(opcode, *AI, PTy, "tmp"));
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004478 } else {
4479 Args.push_back(*AI);
4480 }
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004481
Duncan Sandse1e520f2008-01-13 08:02:44 +00004482 // Add any parameter attributes.
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004483 if (Attributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getParamAttributes(i + 1))
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004484 attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(i + 1, PAttrs));
Duncan Sandse1e520f2008-01-13 08:02:44 +00004485 }
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004486 }
Anton Korobeynikov07e6e562008-02-20 11:26:25 +00004487 }
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004488
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004489 if (Attributes FnAttrs = CallerPAL.getFnAttributes())
4490 attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(~0, FnAttrs));
4491
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00004492 if (NewRetTy->isVoidTy())
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00004493 Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name.
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004494
Eric Christophera66297a2009-07-25 02:45:27 +00004495 const AttrListPtr &NewCallerPAL = AttrListPtr::get(attrVec.begin(),
4496 attrVec.end());
Duncan Sandsad9a9e12008-01-06 18:27:01 +00004497
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004498 Instruction *NC;
4499 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +00004500 NC = InvokeInst::Create(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Gabor Greifb1dbcd82008-05-15 10:04:30 +00004501 Args.begin(), Args.end(),
4502 Caller->getName(), Caller);
Reid Spencered3fa852007-07-30 19:53:57 +00004503 cast<InvokeInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv());
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004504 cast<InvokeInst>(NC)->setAttributes(NewCallerPAL);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004505 } else {
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +00004506 NC = CallInst::Create(Callee, Args.begin(), Args.end(),
4507 Caller->getName(), Caller);
Duncan Sandsdc024672007-11-27 13:23:08 +00004508 CallInst *CI = cast<CallInst>(Caller);
4509 if (CI->isTailCall())
Chris Lattnera9e92112005-05-06 06:48:21 +00004510 cast<CallInst>(NC)->setTailCall();
Duncan Sandsdc024672007-11-27 13:23:08 +00004511 cast<CallInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(CI->getCallingConv());
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004512 cast<CallInst>(NC)->setAttributes(NewCallerPAL);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004513 }
4514
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00004515 // Insert a cast of the return type as necessary.
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004516 Value *NV = NC;
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004517 if (OldRetTy != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00004518 if (!NV->getType()->isVoidTy()) {
Reid Spencerc5b206b2006-12-31 05:48:39 +00004519 Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(NC, false,
Duncan Sandsa9d0c9d2008-01-06 10:12:28 +00004520 OldRetTy, false);
Gabor Greif7cbd8a32008-05-16 19:29:10 +00004521 NV = NC = CastInst::Create(opcode, NC, OldRetTy, "tmp");
Chris Lattnerbb609042003-10-30 00:46:41 +00004522
4523 // If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first
4524 // non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block.
4525 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Dan Gohman02dea8b2008-05-23 21:05:58 +00004526 BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->getFirstNonPHI();
Chris Lattnerbb609042003-10-30 00:46:41 +00004527 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I);
4528 } else {
4529 // Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr
4530 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller);
4531 }
Chris Lattnere5ecdb52009-08-30 06:22:51 +00004532 Worklist.AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004533 } else {
Owen Anderson9e9a0d52009-07-30 23:03:37 +00004534 NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType());
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004535 }
4536 }
4537
Devang Patel1bf5ebc2009-10-13 21:41:20 +00004538
Chris Lattner931f8f32009-08-31 05:17:58 +00004539 if (!Caller->use_empty())
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004540 Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV);
Chris Lattner931f8f32009-08-31 05:17:58 +00004541
4542 EraseInstFromFunction(*Caller);
Chris Lattner9fe38862003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004543 return true;
4544}
4545
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004546// transformCallThroughTrampoline - Turn a call to a function created by the
4547// init_trampoline intrinsic into a direct call to the underlying function.
4548//
4549Instruction *InstCombiner::transformCallThroughTrampoline(CallSite CS) {
4550 Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
4551 const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
4552 const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004553 const AttrListPtr &Attrs = CS.getAttributes();
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004554
4555 // If the call already has the 'nest' attribute somewhere then give up -
4556 // otherwise 'nest' would occur twice after splicing in the chain.
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004557 if (Attrs.hasAttrSomewhere(Attribute::Nest))
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004558 return 0;
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004559
4560 IntrinsicInst *Tramp =
4561 cast<IntrinsicInst>(cast<BitCastInst>(Callee)->getOperand(0));
4562
Anton Korobeynikov0b12ecf2008-05-07 22:54:15 +00004563 Function *NestF = cast<Function>(Tramp->getOperand(2)->stripPointerCasts());
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004564 const PointerType *NestFPTy = cast<PointerType>(NestF->getType());
4565 const FunctionType *NestFTy = cast<FunctionType>(NestFPTy->getElementType());
4566
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004567 const AttrListPtr &NestAttrs = NestF->getAttributes();
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004568 if (!NestAttrs.isEmpty()) {
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004569 unsigned NestIdx = 1;
4570 const Type *NestTy = 0;
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004571 Attributes NestAttr = Attribute::None;
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004572
4573 // Look for a parameter marked with the 'nest' attribute.
4574 for (FunctionType::param_iterator I = NestFTy->param_begin(),
4575 E = NestFTy->param_end(); I != E; ++NestIdx, ++I)
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004576 if (NestAttrs.paramHasAttr(NestIdx, Attribute::Nest)) {
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004577 // Record the parameter type and any other attributes.
4578 NestTy = *I;
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004579 NestAttr = NestAttrs.getParamAttributes(NestIdx);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004580 break;
4581 }
4582
4583 if (NestTy) {
4584 Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
4585 std::vector<Value*> NewArgs;
4586 NewArgs.reserve(unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin())+1);
4587
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004588 SmallVector<AttributeWithIndex, 8> NewAttrs;
Chris Lattner58d74912008-03-12 17:45:29 +00004589 NewAttrs.reserve(Attrs.getNumSlots() + 1);
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004590
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004591 // Insert the nest argument into the call argument list, which may
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004592 // mean appending it. Likewise for attributes.
4593
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004594 // Add any result attributes.
4595 if (Attributes Attr = Attrs.getRetAttributes())
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004596 NewAttrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(0, Attr));
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004597
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004598 {
4599 unsigned Idx = 1;
4600 CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin(), E = CS.arg_end();
4601 do {
4602 if (Idx == NestIdx) {
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004603 // Add the chain argument and attributes.
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004604 Value *NestVal = Tramp->getOperand(3);
4605 if (NestVal->getType() != NestTy)
4606 NestVal = new BitCastInst(NestVal, NestTy, "nest", Caller);
4607 NewArgs.push_back(NestVal);
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004608 NewAttrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(NestIdx, NestAttr));
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004609 }
4610
4611 if (I == E)
4612 break;
4613
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004614 // Add the original argument and attributes.
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004615 NewArgs.push_back(*I);
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004616 if (Attributes Attr = Attrs.getParamAttributes(Idx))
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004617 NewAttrs.push_back
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004618 (AttributeWithIndex::get(Idx + (Idx >= NestIdx), Attr));
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004619
4620 ++Idx, ++I;
4621 } while (1);
4622 }
4623
Devang Patel19c87462008-09-26 22:53:05 +00004624 // Add any function attributes.
4625 if (Attributes Attr = Attrs.getFnAttributes())
4626 NewAttrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(~0, Attr));
4627
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004628 // The trampoline may have been bitcast to a bogus type (FTy).
4629 // Handle this by synthesizing a new function type, equal to FTy
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004630 // with the chain parameter inserted.
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004631
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004632 std::vector<const Type*> NewTypes;
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004633 NewTypes.reserve(FTy->getNumParams()+1);
4634
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004635 // Insert the chain's type into the list of parameter types, which may
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004636 // mean appending it.
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004637 {
4638 unsigned Idx = 1;
4639 FunctionType::param_iterator I = FTy->param_begin(),
4640 E = FTy->param_end();
4641
4642 do {
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004643 if (Idx == NestIdx)
4644 // Add the chain's type.
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004645 NewTypes.push_back(NestTy);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004646
4647 if (I == E)
4648 break;
4649
Duncan Sandsb0c9b932008-01-14 19:52:09 +00004650 // Add the original type.
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004651 NewTypes.push_back(*I);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004652
4653 ++Idx, ++I;
4654 } while (1);
4655 }
4656
4657 // Replace the trampoline call with a direct call. Let the generic
4658 // code sort out any function type mismatches.
Owen Andersondebcb012009-07-29 22:17:13 +00004659 FunctionType *NewFTy = FunctionType::get(FTy->getReturnType(), NewTypes,
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00004660 FTy->isVarArg());
4661 Constant *NewCallee =
Owen Andersondebcb012009-07-29 22:17:13 +00004662 NestF->getType() == PointerType::getUnqual(NewFTy) ?
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00004663 NestF : ConstantExpr::getBitCast(NestF,
Owen Andersondebcb012009-07-29 22:17:13 +00004664 PointerType::getUnqual(NewFTy));
Eric Christophera66297a2009-07-25 02:45:27 +00004665 const AttrListPtr &NewPAL = AttrListPtr::get(NewAttrs.begin(),
4666 NewAttrs.end());
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004667
4668 Instruction *NewCaller;
4669 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +00004670 NewCaller = InvokeInst::Create(NewCallee,
4671 II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
4672 NewArgs.begin(), NewArgs.end(),
4673 Caller->getName(), Caller);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004674 cast<InvokeInst>(NewCaller)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv());
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004675 cast<InvokeInst>(NewCaller)->setAttributes(NewPAL);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004676 } else {
Gabor Greif051a9502008-04-06 20:25:17 +00004677 NewCaller = CallInst::Create(NewCallee, NewArgs.begin(), NewArgs.end(),
4678 Caller->getName(), Caller);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004679 if (cast<CallInst>(Caller)->isTailCall())
4680 cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->setTailCall();
4681 cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->
4682 setCallingConv(cast<CallInst>(Caller)->getCallingConv());
Devang Patel05988662008-09-25 21:00:45 +00004683 cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->setAttributes(NewPAL);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004684 }
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00004685 if (!Caller->getType()->isVoidTy())
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004686 Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NewCaller);
4687 Caller->eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00004688 Worklist.Remove(Caller);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004689 return 0;
4690 }
4691 }
4692
4693 // Replace the trampoline call with a direct call. Since there is no 'nest'
4694 // parameter, there is no need to adjust the argument list. Let the generic
4695 // code sort out any function type mismatches.
4696 Constant *NewCallee =
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00004697 NestF->getType() == PTy ? NestF :
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00004698 ConstantExpr::getBitCast(NestF, PTy);
Duncan Sandscdb6d922007-09-17 10:26:40 +00004699 CS.setCalledFunction(NewCallee);
4700 return CS.getInstruction();
4701}
4702
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00004703
Chris Lattner473945d2002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004704
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004705Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) {
Chris Lattnerc514c1f2009-11-27 00:29:05 +00004706 SmallVector<Value*, 8> Ops(GEP.op_begin(), GEP.op_end());
4707
4708 if (Value *V = SimplifyGEPInst(&Ops[0], Ops.size(), TD))
4709 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, V);
4710
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004711 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerc6bd1952004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004712
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004713 if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0)))
Owen Anderson9e9a0d52009-07-30 23:03:37 +00004714 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType()));
Chris Lattnere87597f2004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004715
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004716 // Eliminate unneeded casts for indices.
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004717 if (TD) {
4718 bool MadeChange = false;
4719 unsigned PtrSize = TD->getPointerSizeInBits();
4720
4721 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
4722 for (User::op_iterator I = GEP.op_begin() + 1, E = GEP.op_end();
4723 I != E; ++I, ++GTI) {
4724 if (!isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) continue;
4725
Chris Lattnercb69a4e2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004726 // If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004727 // to what we need. If narrower, sign-extend it to what we need. This
4728 // explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more obvious.
4729 unsigned OpBits = cast<IntegerType>((*I)->getType())->getBitWidth();
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004730 if (OpBits == PtrSize)
4731 continue;
4732
Chris Lattner2345d1d2009-08-30 20:01:10 +00004733 *I = Builder->CreateIntCast(*I, TD->getIntPtrType(GEP.getContext()),true);
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004734 MadeChange = true;
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004735 }
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004736 if (MadeChange) return &GEP;
Chris Lattnerdb9654e2007-03-25 20:43:09 +00004737 }
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004738
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004739 // Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
4740 // is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two
4741 // getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
4742 //
Dan Gohmand6aa02d2009-07-28 01:40:03 +00004743 if (GEPOperator *Src = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004744 // Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that
4745 // chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This
4746 // avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases.
4747 //
Chris Lattnerf9b91bb2009-08-30 05:08:50 +00004748 if (GetElementPtrInst *SrcGEP =
4749 dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src->getOperand(0)))
4750 if (SrcGEP->getNumOperands() == 2)
4751 return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion.
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004752
Chris Lattner72588fc2007-02-15 22:48:32 +00004753 SmallVector<Value*, 8> Indices;
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004754
4755 // Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
4756 bool EndsWithSequential = false;
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004757 for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*Src), E = gep_type_end(*Src);
4758 I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattnerbe97b4e2004-05-08 22:41:42 +00004759 EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I);
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004760
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004761 // Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets?
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004762 if (EndsWithSequential) {
Chris Lattnerdecd0812003-03-05 22:33:14 +00004763 // Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
4764 // With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
4765 //
Chris Lattnerf9b91bb2009-08-30 05:08:50 +00004766 Value *Sum;
4767 Value *SO1 = Src->getOperand(Src->getNumOperands()-1);
4768 Value *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00004769 if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) {
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004770 Sum = GO1;
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00004771 } else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) {
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004772 Sum = SO1;
4773 } else {
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004774 // If they aren't the same type, then the input hasn't been processed
4775 // by the loop above yet (which canonicalizes sequential index types to
4776 // intptr_t). Just avoid transforming this until the input has been
4777 // normalized.
4778 if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType())
4779 return 0;
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004780 Sum = Builder->CreateAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum");
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004781 }
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004782
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004783 // Update the GEP in place if possible.
Chris Lattnerf9b91bb2009-08-30 05:08:50 +00004784 if (Src->getNumOperands() == 2) {
4785 GEP.setOperand(0, Src->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004786 GEP.setOperand(1, Sum);
4787 return &GEP;
Chris Lattner620ce142004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004788 }
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004789 Indices.append(Src->op_begin()+1, Src->op_end()-1);
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004790 Indices.push_back(Sum);
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004791 Indices.append(GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end());
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00004792 } else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) &&
Chris Lattner28977af2004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004793 cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() &&
Chris Lattnerf9b91bb2009-08-30 05:08:50 +00004794 Src->getNumOperands() != 1) {
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004795 // Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004796 Indices.append(Src->op_begin()+1, Src->op_end());
4797 Indices.append(GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004798 }
4799
Dan Gohmanf8dbee72009-09-07 23:54:19 +00004800 if (!Indices.empty())
4801 return (cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() &&
4802 Src->isInBounds()) ?
4803 GetElementPtrInst::CreateInBounds(Src->getOperand(0), Indices.begin(),
4804 Indices.end(), GEP.getName()) :
Chris Lattnerf9b91bb2009-08-30 05:08:50 +00004805 GetElementPtrInst::Create(Src->getOperand(0), Indices.begin(),
Chris Lattnerccf4b342009-08-30 04:49:01 +00004806 Indices.end(), GEP.getName());
Chris Lattner6e24d832009-08-30 05:00:50 +00004807 }
4808
Chris Lattnerf9b91bb2009-08-30 05:08:50 +00004809 // Handle gep(bitcast x) and gep(gep x, 0, 0, 0).
4810 if (Value *X = getBitCastOperand(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattner6e24d832009-08-30 05:00:50 +00004811 assert(isa<PointerType>(X->getType()) && "Must be cast from pointer");
Chris Lattner963f4ba2009-08-30 20:36:46 +00004812
Chris Lattner2de23192009-08-30 20:38:21 +00004813 // If the input bitcast is actually "bitcast(bitcast(x))", then we don't
4814 // want to change the gep until the bitcasts are eliminated.
4815 if (getBitCastOperand(X)) {
4816 Worklist.AddValue(PtrOp);
4817 return 0;
4818 }
4819
Chris Lattnerc514c1f2009-11-27 00:29:05 +00004820 bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false;
4821 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP.getOperand(1)))
4822 HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isZero();
4823
Chris Lattner963f4ba2009-08-30 20:36:46 +00004824 // Transform: GEP (bitcast [10 x i8]* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ...
4825 // into : GEP [10 x i8]* X, i32 0, ...
4826 //
4827 // Likewise, transform: GEP (bitcast i8* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ...
4828 // into : GEP i8* X, ...
4829 //
4830 // This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];"
Chris Lattner6e24d832009-08-30 05:00:50 +00004831 if (HasZeroPointerIndex) {
Chris Lattnereed48272005-09-13 00:40:14 +00004832 const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType());
4833 const PointerType *XTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType());
Duncan Sands5b7cfb02009-03-02 09:18:21 +00004834 if (const ArrayType *CATy =
4835 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType())) {
4836 // GEP (bitcast i8* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ... ?
4837 if (CATy->getElementType() == XTy->getElementType()) {
4838 // -> GEP i8* X, ...
4839 SmallVector<Value*, 8> Indices(GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
Dan Gohmanf8dbee72009-09-07 23:54:19 +00004840 return cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ?
4841 GetElementPtrInst::CreateInBounds(X, Indices.begin(), Indices.end(),
4842 GEP.getName()) :
Dan Gohmand6aa02d2009-07-28 01:40:03 +00004843 GetElementPtrInst::Create(X, Indices.begin(), Indices.end(),
4844 GEP.getName());
Chris Lattner963f4ba2009-08-30 20:36:46 +00004845 }
4846
4847 if (const ArrayType *XATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType())){
Duncan Sands5b7cfb02009-03-02 09:18:21 +00004848 // GEP (bitcast [10 x i8]* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ... ?
Chris Lattnereed48272005-09-13 00:40:14 +00004849 if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) {
Duncan Sands5b7cfb02009-03-02 09:18:21 +00004850 // -> GEP [10 x i8]* X, i32 0, ...
Chris Lattnereed48272005-09-13 00:40:14 +00004851 // At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer
4852 // to an array of the same type as the destination pointer
4853 // array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there
4854 // is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP.
4855 GEP.setOperand(0, X);
4856 return &GEP;
4857 }
Duncan Sands5b7cfb02009-03-02 09:18:21 +00004858 }
4859 }
Chris Lattnereed48272005-09-13 00:40:14 +00004860 } else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2) {
4861 // Transform things like:
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004862 // %t = getelementptr i32* bitcast ([2 x i32]* %str to i32*), i32 %V
4863 // into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x i32]* %str, i32 0, i32 %V; bitcast
Chris Lattnereed48272005-09-13 00:40:14 +00004864 const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType();
4865 const Type *ResElTy=cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType())->getElementType();
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00004866 if (TD && isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
Duncan Sands777d2302009-05-09 07:06:46 +00004867 TD->getTypeAllocSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) ==
4868 TD->getTypeAllocSize(ResElTy)) {
David Greeneb8f74792007-09-04 15:46:09 +00004869 Value *Idx[2];
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004870 Idx[0] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(GEP.getContext()));
David Greeneb8f74792007-09-04 15:46:09 +00004871 Idx[1] = GEP.getOperand(1);
Dan Gohmanf8dbee72009-09-07 23:54:19 +00004872 Value *NewGEP = cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ?
4873 Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName()) :
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004874 Builder->CreateGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName());
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00004875 // V and GEP are both pointer types --> BitCast
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004876 return new BitCastInst(NewGEP, GEP.getType());
Chris Lattnerc6bd1952004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004877 }
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004878
4879 // Transform things like:
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004880 // getelementptr i8* bitcast ([100 x double]* X to i8*), i32 %tmp
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004881 // (where tmp = 8*tmp2) into:
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004882 // getelementptr [100 x double]* %arr, i32 0, i32 %tmp2; bitcast
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004883
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004884 if (TD && isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
4885 ResElTy == Type::getInt8Ty(GEP.getContext())) {
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004886 uint64_t ArrayEltSize =
Duncan Sands777d2302009-05-09 07:06:46 +00004887 TD->getTypeAllocSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004888
4889 // Check to see if "tmp" is a scale by a multiple of ArrayEltSize. We
4890 // allow either a mul, shift, or constant here.
4891 Value *NewIdx = 0;
4892 ConstantInt *Scale = 0;
4893 if (ArrayEltSize == 1) {
4894 NewIdx = GEP.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerab984842009-08-30 05:30:55 +00004895 Scale = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(NewIdx->getType()), 1);
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004896 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP.getOperand(1))) {
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00004897 NewIdx = ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), 1);
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004898 Scale = CI;
4899 } else if (Instruction *Inst =dyn_cast<Instruction>(GEP.getOperand(1))){
4900 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
4901 isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) {
Zhou Sheng0e2d3ac2007-03-30 09:29:48 +00004902 ConstantInt *ShAmt = cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
4903 uint32_t ShAmtVal = ShAmt->getLimitedValue(64);
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00004904 Scale = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(Inst->getType()),
Dan Gohman6de29f82009-06-15 22:12:54 +00004905 1ULL << ShAmtVal);
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004906 NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0);
4907 } else if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul &&
4908 isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) {
4909 Scale = cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
4910 NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0);
4911 }
4912 }
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004913
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004914 // If the index will be to exactly the right offset with the scale taken
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004915 // out, perform the transformation. Note, we don't know whether Scale is
4916 // signed or not. We'll use unsigned version of division/modulo
4917 // operation after making sure Scale doesn't have the sign bit set.
Chris Lattner58b1ac72009-02-25 18:20:01 +00004918 if (ArrayEltSize && Scale && Scale->getSExtValue() >= 0LL &&
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004919 Scale->getZExtValue() % ArrayEltSize == 0) {
Owen Andersoneed707b2009-07-24 23:12:02 +00004920 Scale = ConstantInt::get(Scale->getType(),
Wojciech Matyjewiczed223252007-12-12 15:21:32 +00004921 Scale->getZExtValue() / ArrayEltSize);
Reid Spencerb83eb642006-10-20 07:07:24 +00004922 if (Scale->getZExtValue() != 1) {
Chris Lattner878daed2009-08-30 05:56:44 +00004923 Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(Scale, NewIdx->getType(),
4924 false /*ZExt*/);
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004925 NewIdx = Builder->CreateMul(NewIdx, C, "idxscale");
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004926 }
4927
4928 // Insert the new GEP instruction.
David Greeneb8f74792007-09-04 15:46:09 +00004929 Value *Idx[2];
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00004930 Idx[0] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(GEP.getContext()));
David Greeneb8f74792007-09-04 15:46:09 +00004931 Idx[1] = NewIdx;
Dan Gohmanf8dbee72009-09-07 23:54:19 +00004932 Value *NewGEP = cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ?
4933 Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName()) :
4934 Builder->CreateGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName());
Reid Spencer3da59db2006-11-27 01:05:10 +00004935 // The NewGEP must be pointer typed, so must the old one -> BitCast
4936 return new BitCastInst(NewGEP, GEP.getType());
Chris Lattner7835cdd2005-09-13 18:36:04 +00004937 }
4938 }
Chris Lattnerc6bd1952004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004939 }
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004940 }
Chris Lattner58407792009-01-09 04:53:57 +00004941
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004942 /// See if we can simplify:
Chris Lattner873ff012009-08-30 05:55:36 +00004943 /// X = bitcast A* to B*
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004944 /// Y = gep X, <...constant indices...>
4945 /// into a gep of the original struct. This is important for SROA and alias
4946 /// analysis of unions. If "A" is also a bitcast, wait for A/X to be merged.
Chris Lattner58407792009-01-09 04:53:57 +00004947 if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(PtrOp)) {
Dan Gohmance9fe9f2009-07-21 23:21:54 +00004948 if (TD &&
4949 !isa<BitCastInst>(BCI->getOperand(0)) && GEP.hasAllConstantIndices()) {
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004950 // Determine how much the GEP moves the pointer. We are guaranteed to get
4951 // a constant back from EmitGEPOffset.
Chris Lattner02446fc2010-01-04 07:37:31 +00004952 ConstantInt *OffsetV = cast<ConstantInt>(EmitGEPOffset(&GEP));
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004953 int64_t Offset = OffsetV->getSExtValue();
4954
4955 // If this GEP instruction doesn't move the pointer, just replace the GEP
4956 // with a bitcast of the real input to the dest type.
4957 if (Offset == 0) {
4958 // If the bitcast is of an allocation, and the allocation will be
4959 // converted to match the type of the cast, don't touch this.
Victor Hernandez7b929da2009-10-23 21:09:37 +00004960 if (isa<AllocaInst>(BCI->getOperand(0)) ||
Victor Hernandez83d63912009-09-18 22:35:49 +00004961 isMalloc(BCI->getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004962 // See if the bitcast simplifies, if so, don't nuke this GEP yet.
4963 if (Instruction *I = visitBitCast(*BCI)) {
4964 if (I != BCI) {
4965 I->takeName(BCI);
4966 BCI->getParent()->getInstList().insert(BCI, I);
4967 ReplaceInstUsesWith(*BCI, I);
4968 }
4969 return &GEP;
Chris Lattner58407792009-01-09 04:53:57 +00004970 }
Chris Lattner58407792009-01-09 04:53:57 +00004971 }
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004972 return new BitCastInst(BCI->getOperand(0), GEP.getType());
Chris Lattner58407792009-01-09 04:53:57 +00004973 }
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004974
4975 // Otherwise, if the offset is non-zero, we need to find out if there is a
4976 // field at Offset in 'A's type. If so, we can pull the cast through the
4977 // GEP.
4978 SmallVector<Value*, 8> NewIndices;
4979 const Type *InTy =
4980 cast<PointerType>(BCI->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
Chris Lattner80f43d32010-01-04 07:53:58 +00004981 if (FindElementAtOffset(InTy, Offset, NewIndices)) {
Dan Gohmanf8dbee72009-09-07 23:54:19 +00004982 Value *NGEP = cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ?
4983 Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(BCI->getOperand(0), NewIndices.begin(),
4984 NewIndices.end()) :
4985 Builder->CreateGEP(BCI->getOperand(0), NewIndices.begin(),
4986 NewIndices.end());
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00004987
4988 if (NGEP->getType() == GEP.getType())
4989 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, NGEP);
Chris Lattner46cd5a12009-01-09 05:44:56 +00004990 NGEP->takeName(&GEP);
4991 return new BitCastInst(NGEP, GEP.getType());
4992 }
Chris Lattner58407792009-01-09 04:53:57 +00004993 }
4994 }
4995
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004996 return 0;
4997}
4998
Victor Hernandez66284e02009-10-24 04:23:03 +00004999Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFree(Instruction &FI) {
5000 Value *Op = FI.getOperand(1);
5001
5002 // free undef -> unreachable.
5003 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
5004 // Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here.
Chris Lattner4de84762010-01-04 07:02:48 +00005005 new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(FI.getContext()),
5006 UndefValue::get(Type::getInt1PtrTy(FI.getContext())), &FI);
Victor Hernandez66284e02009-10-24 04:23:03 +00005007 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
5008 }
5009
5010 // If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
5011 // when lots of inlining happens.
5012 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op))
5013 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
5014
Victor Hernandez046e78c2009-10-26 23:43:48 +00005015 // If we have a malloc call whose only use is a free call, delete both.
Dan Gohman7f712a12009-10-27 00:11:02 +00005016 if (isMalloc(Op)) {
Victor Hernandez66284e02009-10-24 04:23:03 +00005017 if (CallInst* CI = extractMallocCallFromBitCast(Op)) {
5018 if (Op->hasOneUse() && CI->hasOneUse()) {
5019 EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
5020 EraseInstFromFunction(*CI);
5021 return EraseInstFromFunction(*cast<Instruction>(Op));
5022 }
5023 } else {
5024 // Op is a call to malloc
5025 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
5026 EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
5027 return EraseInstFromFunction(*cast<Instruction>(Op));
5028 }
5029 }
Dan Gohman7f712a12009-10-27 00:11:02 +00005030 }
Victor Hernandez66284e02009-10-24 04:23:03 +00005031
5032 return 0;
5033}
Chris Lattner67b1e1b2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00005034
Chris Lattner3284d1f2007-04-15 00:07:55 +00005035
Chris Lattner2f503e62005-01-31 05:36:43 +00005036
Chris Lattnerc4d10eb2003-06-04 04:46:00 +00005037Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) {
5038 // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
Reid Spencer4b828e62005-06-18 17:37:34 +00005039 Value *X = 0;
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00005040 BasicBlock *TrueDest;
5041 BasicBlock *FalseDest;
Dan Gohman4ae51262009-08-12 16:23:25 +00005042 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
Chris Lattneracd1f0f2004-07-30 07:50:03 +00005043 !isa<Constant>(X)) {
5044 // Swap Destinations and condition...
5045 BI.setCondition(X);
5046 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
5047 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
5048 return &BI;
5049 }
5050
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00005051 // Cannonicalize fcmp_one -> fcmp_oeq
5052 FCmpInst::Predicate FPred; Value *Y;
5053 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_FCmp(FPred, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005054 TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
5055 BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse())
5056 if (FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE || FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE ||
5057 FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE) {
5058 FCmpInst *Cond = cast<FCmpInst>(BI.getCondition());
5059 Cond->setPredicate(FCmpInst::getInversePredicate(FPred));
5060
5061 // Swap Destinations and condition.
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00005062 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
5063 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005064 Worklist.Add(Cond);
Reid Spencere4d87aa2006-12-23 06:05:41 +00005065 return &BI;
5066 }
5067
5068 // Cannonicalize icmp_ne -> icmp_eq
5069 ICmpInst::Predicate IPred;
5070 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_ICmp(IPred, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005071 TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
5072 BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse())
5073 if (IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE || IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
5074 IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE || IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE ||
5075 IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE) {
5076 ICmpInst *Cond = cast<ICmpInst>(BI.getCondition());
5077 Cond->setPredicate(ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(IPred));
5078 // Swap Destinations and condition.
Chris Lattner40f5d702003-06-04 05:10:11 +00005079 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
5080 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005081 Worklist.Add(Cond);
Chris Lattner40f5d702003-06-04 05:10:11 +00005082 return &BI;
5083 }
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005084
Chris Lattnerc4d10eb2003-06-04 04:46:00 +00005085 return 0;
5086}
Chris Lattner0864acf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00005087
Chris Lattner46238a62004-07-03 00:26:11 +00005088Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) {
5089 Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
5090 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
5091 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
5092 if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
5093 // change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3'
5094 for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2)
Owen Andersond672ecb2009-07-03 00:17:18 +00005095 SI.setOperand(i,
Owen Andersonbaf3c402009-07-29 18:55:55 +00005096 ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)),
Chris Lattner46238a62004-07-03 00:26:11 +00005097 AddRHS));
5098 SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005099 Worklist.Add(I);
Chris Lattner46238a62004-07-03 00:26:11 +00005100 return &SI;
5101 }
5102 }
5103 return 0;
5104}
5105
Matthijs Kooijmana9012ec2008-06-11 14:05:05 +00005106Instruction *InstCombiner::visitExtractValueInst(ExtractValueInst &EV) {
Matthijs Kooijman780ae5e2008-07-16 12:55:45 +00005107 Value *Agg = EV.getAggregateOperand();
Matthijs Kooijmana9012ec2008-06-11 14:05:05 +00005108
Matthijs Kooijman780ae5e2008-07-16 12:55:45 +00005109 if (!EV.hasIndices())
5110 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, Agg);
5111
5112 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Agg)) {
5113 if (isa<UndefValue>(C))
Owen Anderson9e9a0d52009-07-30 23:03:37 +00005114 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, UndefValue::get(EV.getType()));
Matthijs Kooijman780ae5e2008-07-16 12:55:45 +00005115
5116 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C))
Owen Andersona7235ea2009-07-31 20:28:14 +00005117 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, Constant::getNullValue(EV.getType()));
Matthijs Kooijman780ae5e2008-07-16 12:55:45 +00005118
5119 if (isa<ConstantArray>(C) || isa<ConstantStruct>(C)) {
5120 // Extract the element indexed by the first index out of the constant
5121 Value *V = C->getOperand(*EV.idx_begin());
5122 if (EV.getNumIndices() > 1)
5123 // Extract the remaining indices out of the constant indexed by the
5124 // first index
5125 return ExtractValueInst::Create(V, EV.idx_begin() + 1, EV.idx_end());
5126 else
5127 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, V);
5128 }
5129 return 0; // Can't handle other constants
5130 }
5131 if (InsertValueInst *IV = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(Agg)) {
5132 // We're extracting from an insertvalue instruction, compare the indices
5133 const unsigned *exti, *exte, *insi, *inse;
5134 for (exti = EV.idx_begin(), insi = IV->idx_begin(),
5135 exte = EV.idx_end(), inse = IV->idx_end();
5136 exti != exte && insi != inse;
5137 ++exti, ++insi) {
5138 if (*insi != *exti)
5139 // The insert and extract both reference distinctly different elements.
5140 // This means the extract is not influenced by the insert, and we can
5141 // replace the aggregate operand of the extract with the aggregate
5142 // operand of the insert. i.e., replace
5143 // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1
5144 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 0
5145 // with
5146 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 0
5147 return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getAggregateOperand(),
5148 EV.idx_begin(), EV.idx_end());
5149 }
5150 if (exti == exte && insi == inse)
5151 // Both iterators are at the end: Index lists are identical. Replace
5152 // %B = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0
5153 // %C = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %B, 1, 0
5154 // with "i32 42"
5155 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand());
5156 if (exti == exte) {
5157 // The extract list is a prefix of the insert list. i.e. replace
5158 // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0
5159 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1
5160 // with
5161 // %X = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 1
5162 // %E = insertvalue { i32 } %X, i32 42, 0
5163 // by switching the order of the insert and extract (though the
5164 // insertvalue should be left in, since it may have other uses).
Chris Lattnerf925cbd2009-08-30 18:50:58 +00005165 Value *NewEV = Builder->CreateExtractValue(IV->getAggregateOperand(),
5166 EV.idx_begin(), EV.idx_end());
Matthijs Kooijman780ae5e2008-07-16 12:55:45 +00005167 return InsertValueInst::Create(NewEV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand(),
5168 insi, inse);
5169 }
5170 if (insi == inse)
5171 // The insert list is a prefix of the extract list
5172 // We can simply remove the common indices from the extract and make it
5173 // operate on the inserted value instead of the insertvalue result.
5174 // i.e., replace
5175 // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1
5176 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1, 0
5177 // with
5178 // %E extractvalue { i32 } { i32 42 }, 0
5179 return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getInsertedValueOperand(),
5180 exti, exte);
5181 }
Chris Lattner7e606e22009-11-09 07:07:56 +00005182 if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Agg)) {
5183 // We're extracting from an intrinsic, see if we're the only user, which
5184 // allows us to simplify multiple result intrinsics to simpler things that
5185 // just get one value..
5186 if (II->hasOneUse()) {
5187 // Check if we're grabbing the overflow bit or the result of a 'with
5188 // overflow' intrinsic. If it's the latter we can remove the intrinsic
5189 // and replace it with a traditional binary instruction.
5190 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
5191 case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow:
5192 case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow:
5193 if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) { // Normal result.
5194 Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
5195 II->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
5196 EraseInstFromFunction(*II);
5197 return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHS, RHS);
5198 }
5199 break;
5200 case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow:
5201 case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow:
5202 if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) { // Normal result.
5203 Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
5204 II->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
5205 EraseInstFromFunction(*II);
5206 return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(LHS, RHS);
5207 }
5208 break;
5209 case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow:
5210 case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow:
5211 if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) { // Normal result.
5212 Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
5213 II->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
5214 EraseInstFromFunction(*II);
5215 return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(LHS, RHS);
5216 }
5217 break;
5218 default:
5219 break;
5220 }
5221 }
5222 }
Matthijs Kooijman780ae5e2008-07-16 12:55:45 +00005223 // Can't simplify extracts from other values. Note that nested extracts are
5224 // already simplified implicitely by the above (extract ( extract (insert) )
5225 // will be translated into extract ( insert ( extract ) ) first and then just
5226 // the value inserted, if appropriate).
Matthijs Kooijmana9012ec2008-06-11 14:05:05 +00005227 return 0;
5228}
5229
Chris Lattnera844fc4c2006-04-10 22:45:52 +00005230
Robert Bocchino1d7456d2006-01-13 22:48:06 +00005231
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005232
5233/// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its
5234/// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's
5235/// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the
5236/// end of its block.
5237static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
5238 assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!");
5239
Chris Lattner108e9022005-10-27 17:13:11 +00005240 // Cannot move control-flow-involving, volatile loads, vaarg, etc.
Duncan Sands7af1c782009-05-06 06:49:50 +00005241 if (isa<PHINode>(I) || I->mayHaveSideEffects() || isa<TerminatorInst>(I))
Chris Lattnerbfc538c2008-05-09 15:07:33 +00005242 return false;
Misha Brukmanfd939082005-04-21 23:48:37 +00005243
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005244 // Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block.
Dan Gohmanecb7a772007-03-22 16:38:57 +00005245 if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() ==
5246 &DestBlock->getParent()->getEntryBlock())
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005247 return false;
5248
Chris Lattner96a52a62004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005249 // We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
5250 // the end of block that could change the value.
Chris Lattner2539e332008-05-08 17:37:37 +00005251 if (I->mayReadFromMemory()) {
5252 for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = I, E = I->getParent()->end();
Chris Lattner96a52a62004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005253 Scan != E; ++Scan)
5254 if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
5255 return false;
Chris Lattner96a52a62004-12-09 07:14:34 +00005256 }
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005257
Dan Gohman02dea8b2008-05-23 21:05:58 +00005258 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->getFirstNonPHI();
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005259
Chris Lattner4bc5f802005-08-08 19:11:57 +00005260 I->moveBefore(InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005261 ++NumSunkInst;
5262 return true;
5263}
5264
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005265
5266/// AddReachableCodeToWorklist - Walk the function in depth-first order, adding
5267/// all reachable code to the worklist.
5268///
5269/// This has a couple of tricks to make the code faster and more powerful. In
5270/// particular, we constant fold and DCE instructions as we go, to avoid adding
5271/// them to the worklist (this significantly speeds up instcombine on code where
5272/// many instructions are dead or constant). Additionally, if we find a branch
5273/// whose condition is a known constant, we only visit the reachable successors.
5274///
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005275static bool AddReachableCodeToWorklist(BasicBlock *BB,
Chris Lattner1f87a582007-02-15 19:41:52 +00005276 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 64> &Visited,
Chris Lattnerdbab3862007-03-02 21:28:56 +00005277 InstCombiner &IC,
Chris Lattner8c8c66a2006-05-11 17:11:52 +00005278 const TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005279 bool MadeIRChange = false;
Chris Lattner2806dff2008-08-15 04:03:01 +00005280 SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 256> Worklist;
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005281 Worklist.push_back(BB);
Chris Lattner67f7d542009-10-12 03:58:40 +00005282
5283 std::vector<Instruction*> InstrsForInstCombineWorklist;
5284 InstrsForInstCombineWorklist.reserve(128);
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005285
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005286 SmallPtrSet<ConstantExpr*, 64> FoldedConstants;
5287
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005288 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
5289 BB = Worklist.back();
5290 Worklist.pop_back();
5291
5292 // We have now visited this block! If we've already been here, ignore it.
5293 if (!Visited.insert(BB)) continue;
Devang Patel7fe1dec2008-11-19 18:56:50 +00005294
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005295 for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); BBI != E; ) {
5296 Instruction *Inst = BBI++;
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005297
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005298 // DCE instruction if trivially dead.
5299 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(Inst)) {
5300 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattnerbdff5482009-08-23 04:37:46 +00005301 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: DCE: " << *Inst << '\n');
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005302 Inst->eraseFromParent();
5303 continue;
5304 }
5305
5306 // ConstantProp instruction if trivially constant.
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005307 if (!Inst->use_empty() && isa<Constant>(Inst->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner7b550cc2009-11-06 04:27:31 +00005308 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(Inst, TD)) {
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005309 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: "
5310 << *Inst << '\n');
5311 Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(C);
5312 ++NumConstProp;
5313 Inst->eraseFromParent();
5314 continue;
5315 }
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005316
5317
5318
5319 if (TD) {
5320 // See if we can constant fold its operands.
5321 for (User::op_iterator i = Inst->op_begin(), e = Inst->op_end();
5322 i != e; ++i) {
5323 ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(i);
5324 if (CE == 0) continue;
5325
5326 // If we already folded this constant, don't try again.
5327 if (!FoldedConstants.insert(CE))
5328 continue;
5329
Chris Lattner7b550cc2009-11-06 04:27:31 +00005330 Constant *NewC = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, TD);
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005331 if (NewC && NewC != CE) {
5332 *i = NewC;
5333 MadeIRChange = true;
5334 }
5335 }
5336 }
5337
Devang Patel7fe1dec2008-11-19 18:56:50 +00005338
Chris Lattner67f7d542009-10-12 03:58:40 +00005339 InstrsForInstCombineWorklist.push_back(Inst);
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005340 }
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005341
5342 // Recursively visit successors. If this is a branch or switch on a
5343 // constant, only visit the reachable successor.
5344 TerminatorInst *TI = BB->getTerminator();
5345 if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(TI)) {
5346 if (BI->isConditional() && isa<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())) {
5347 bool CondVal = cast<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())->getZExtValue();
Nick Lewycky91436992008-03-09 08:50:23 +00005348 BasicBlock *ReachableBB = BI->getSuccessor(!CondVal);
Nick Lewycky280a6e62008-04-25 16:53:59 +00005349 Worklist.push_back(ReachableBB);
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005350 continue;
5351 }
5352 } else if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(TI)) {
5353 if (ConstantInt *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getCondition())) {
5354 // See if this is an explicit destination.
5355 for (unsigned i = 1, e = SI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i)
5356 if (SI->getCaseValue(i) == Cond) {
Nick Lewycky91436992008-03-09 08:50:23 +00005357 BasicBlock *ReachableBB = SI->getSuccessor(i);
Nick Lewycky280a6e62008-04-25 16:53:59 +00005358 Worklist.push_back(ReachableBB);
Chris Lattner2c7718a2007-03-23 19:17:18 +00005359 continue;
5360 }
5361
5362 // Otherwise it is the default destination.
5363 Worklist.push_back(SI->getSuccessor(0));
5364 continue;
5365 }
5366 }
5367
5368 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i)
5369 Worklist.push_back(TI->getSuccessor(i));
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005370 }
Chris Lattner67f7d542009-10-12 03:58:40 +00005371
5372 // Once we've found all of the instructions to add to instcombine's worklist,
5373 // add them in reverse order. This way instcombine will visit from the top
5374 // of the function down. This jives well with the way that it adds all uses
5375 // of instructions to the worklist after doing a transformation, thus avoiding
5376 // some N^2 behavior in pathological cases.
5377 IC.Worklist.AddInitialGroup(&InstrsForInstCombineWorklist[0],
5378 InstrsForInstCombineWorklist.size());
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005379
5380 return MadeIRChange;
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005381}
5382
Chris Lattnerec9c3582007-03-03 02:04:50 +00005383bool InstCombiner::DoOneIteration(Function &F, unsigned Iteration) {
Chris Lattnerb0b822c2009-08-31 06:57:37 +00005384 MadeIRChange = false;
Chris Lattnerec9c3582007-03-03 02:04:50 +00005385
Daniel Dunbarce63ffb2009-07-25 00:23:56 +00005386 DEBUG(errs() << "\n\nINSTCOMBINE ITERATION #" << Iteration << " on "
5387 << F.getNameStr() << "\n");
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005388
Chris Lattnerb3d59702005-07-07 20:40:38 +00005389 {
Chris Lattnerf4f5a772006-05-10 19:00:36 +00005390 // Do a depth-first traversal of the function, populate the worklist with
5391 // the reachable instructions. Ignore blocks that are not reachable. Keep
5392 // track of which blocks we visit.
Chris Lattner1f87a582007-02-15 19:41:52 +00005393 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 64> Visited;
Chris Lattner2ee743b2009-10-15 04:59:28 +00005394 MadeIRChange |= AddReachableCodeToWorklist(F.begin(), Visited, *this, TD);
Jeff Cohen00b168892005-07-27 06:12:32 +00005395
Chris Lattnerb3d59702005-07-07 20:40:38 +00005396 // Do a quick scan over the function. If we find any blocks that are
5397 // unreachable, remove any instructions inside of them. This prevents
5398 // the instcombine code from having to deal with some bad special cases.
5399 for (Function::iterator BB = F.begin(), E = F.end(); BB != E; ++BB)
5400 if (!Visited.count(BB)) {
5401 Instruction *Term = BB->getTerminator();
5402 while (Term != BB->begin()) { // Remove instrs bottom-up
5403 BasicBlock::iterator I = Term; --I;
Chris Lattner6ffe5512004-04-27 15:13:33 +00005404
Chris Lattnerbdff5482009-08-23 04:37:46 +00005405 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: DCE: " << *I << '\n');
Dale Johannesenff278b12009-03-10 21:19:49 +00005406 // A debug intrinsic shouldn't force another iteration if we weren't
5407 // going to do one without it.
5408 if (!isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(I)) {
5409 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattnerb0b822c2009-08-31 06:57:37 +00005410 MadeIRChange = true;
Dale Johannesenff278b12009-03-10 21:19:49 +00005411 }
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00005412
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00005413 // If I is not void type then replaceAllUsesWith undef.
5414 // This allows ValueHandlers and custom metadata to adjust itself.
Devang Patel9674d152009-10-14 17:29:00 +00005415 if (!I->getType()->isVoidTy())
Devang Patel228ebd02009-10-13 22:56:32 +00005416 I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
Chris Lattnerb3d59702005-07-07 20:40:38 +00005417 I->eraseFromParent();
5418 }
5419 }
5420 }
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005421
Chris Lattner873ff012009-08-30 05:55:36 +00005422 while (!Worklist.isEmpty()) {
5423 Instruction *I = Worklist.RemoveOne();
Chris Lattnerdbab3862007-03-02 21:28:56 +00005424 if (I == 0) continue; // skip null values.
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005425
Chris Lattner8c8c66a2006-05-11 17:11:52 +00005426 // Check to see if we can DCE the instruction.
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005427 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
Chris Lattnerbdff5482009-08-23 04:37:46 +00005428 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: DCE: " << *I << '\n');
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005429 EraseInstFromFunction(*I);
5430 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattnerb0b822c2009-08-31 06:57:37 +00005431 MadeIRChange = true;
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005432 continue;
5433 }
Chris Lattner62b14df2002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005434
Chris Lattner8c8c66a2006-05-11 17:11:52 +00005435 // Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it.
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005436 if (!I->use_empty() && isa<Constant>(I->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner7b550cc2009-11-06 04:27:31 +00005437 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I, TD)) {
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005438 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << *I << '\n');
Chris Lattnerad5fec12005-01-28 19:32:01 +00005439
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005440 // Add operands to the worklist.
5441 ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C);
5442 ++NumConstProp;
5443 EraseInstFromFunction(*I);
5444 MadeIRChange = true;
5445 continue;
5446 }
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005447
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005448 // See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block.
Dan Gohmanfc74abf2008-07-23 00:34:11 +00005449 if (I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005450 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
Chris Lattner8db2cd12009-10-14 15:21:58 +00005451 Instruction *UserInst = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back());
5452 BasicBlock *UserParent;
5453
5454 // Get the block the use occurs in.
5455 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UserInst))
5456 UserParent = PN->getIncomingBlock(I->use_begin().getUse());
5457 else
5458 UserParent = UserInst->getParent();
5459
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005460 if (UserParent != BB) {
5461 bool UserIsSuccessor = false;
5462 // See if the user is one of our successors.
5463 for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI)
5464 if (*SI == UserParent) {
5465 UserIsSuccessor = true;
5466 break;
5467 }
5468
5469 // If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor
5470 // only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge
5471 // otherwise), we can keep going.
Chris Lattner8db2cd12009-10-14 15:21:58 +00005472 if (UserIsSuccessor && UserParent->getSinglePredecessor())
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005473 // Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
Chris Lattnerb0b822c2009-08-31 06:57:37 +00005474 MadeIRChange |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent);
Chris Lattnerea1c4542004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005475 }
5476 }
5477
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00005478 // Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it.
5479 Builder->SetInsertPoint(I->getParent(), I);
5480
Reid Spencera9b81012007-03-26 17:44:01 +00005481#ifndef NDEBUG
5482 std::string OrigI;
5483#endif
Chris Lattnerbdff5482009-08-23 04:37:46 +00005484 DEBUG(raw_string_ostream SS(OrigI); I->print(SS); OrigI = SS.str(););
Jeffrey Yasskin43069632009-10-08 00:12:24 +00005485 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: Visiting: " << OrigI << '\n');
5486
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005487 if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
Chris Lattner3dec1f22002-05-10 15:38:35 +00005488 ++NumCombined;
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005489 // Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
Chris Lattnerb3bc8fa2002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005490 if (Result != I) {
Chris Lattnerbdff5482009-08-23 04:37:46 +00005491 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: Old = " << *I << '\n'
5492 << " New = " << *Result << '\n');
Chris Lattner0cea42a2004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005493
Chris Lattnerf523d062004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005494 // Everything uses the new instruction now.
5495 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
5496
5497 // Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005498 Worklist.Add(Result);
Chris Lattnere5ecdb52009-08-30 06:22:51 +00005499 Worklist.AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005500
Chris Lattner6934a042007-02-11 01:23:03 +00005501 // Move the name to the new instruction first.
5502 Result->takeName(I);
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005503
5504 // Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
5505 BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
Chris Lattnerbac32862004-11-14 19:13:23 +00005506 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I;
5507
5508 if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert
5509 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs.
5510 ++InsertPos;
5511
5512 InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result);
Chris Lattner4bb7c022003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005513
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005514 EraseInstFromFunction(*I);
Chris Lattner7e708292002-06-25 16:13:24 +00005515 } else {
Evan Chengc7baf682007-03-27 16:44:48 +00005516#ifndef NDEBUG
Chris Lattnerbdff5482009-08-23 04:37:46 +00005517 DEBUG(errs() << "IC: Mod = " << OrigI << '\n'
5518 << " New = " << *I << '\n');
Evan Chengc7baf682007-03-27 16:44:48 +00005519#endif
Chris Lattner0cea42a2004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005520
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005521 // If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
5522 // if so, remove it.
Chris Lattner00d51312004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005523 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005524 EraseInstFromFunction(*I);
Chris Lattnerf523d062004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005525 } else {
Chris Lattner7a1e9242009-08-30 06:13:40 +00005526 Worklist.Add(I);
Chris Lattnere5ecdb52009-08-30 06:22:51 +00005527 Worklist.AddUsersToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattner90ac28c2002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005528 }
Chris Lattnerb3bc8fa2002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005529 }
Chris Lattnerb0b822c2009-08-31 06:57:37 +00005530 MadeIRChange = true;
Chris Lattner8a2a3112001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005531 }
5532 }
5533
Chris Lattner873ff012009-08-30 05:55:36 +00005534 Worklist.Zap();
Chris Lattnerb0b822c2009-08-31 06:57:37 +00005535 return MadeIRChange;
Chris Lattnerbd0ef772002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005536}
5537
Chris Lattnerec9c3582007-03-03 02:04:50 +00005538
5539bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Chris Lattnerf964f322007-03-04 04:27:24 +00005540 MustPreserveLCSSA = mustPreserveAnalysisID(LCSSAID);
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005541 TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
5542
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00005543
5544 /// Builder - This is an IRBuilder that automatically inserts new
5545 /// instructions into the worklist when they are created.
Chris Lattnere2cc1ad2009-10-15 04:13:44 +00005546 IRBuilder<true, TargetFolder, InstCombineIRInserter>
Chris Lattnerf55eeb92009-11-06 05:59:53 +00005547 TheBuilder(F.getContext(), TargetFolder(TD),
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00005548 InstCombineIRInserter(Worklist));
5549 Builder = &TheBuilder;
5550
Chris Lattnerec9c3582007-03-03 02:04:50 +00005551 bool EverMadeChange = false;
5552
5553 // Iterate while there is work to do.
5554 unsigned Iteration = 0;
Bill Wendlinga6c31122008-05-14 22:45:20 +00005555 while (DoOneIteration(F, Iteration++))
Chris Lattnerec9c3582007-03-03 02:04:50 +00005556 EverMadeChange = true;
Chris Lattner74381062009-08-30 07:44:24 +00005557
5558 Builder = 0;
Chris Lattnerec9c3582007-03-03 02:04:50 +00005559 return EverMadeChange;
5560}
5561
Brian Gaeke96d4bf72004-07-27 17:43:21 +00005562FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() {
Chris Lattnerdd841ae2002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005563 return new InstCombiner();
Chris Lattnerbd0ef772002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005564}